Group
Guide to the Secure Configuration of openEuler 2203
Group contains 95 groups and 258 rules |
Group
System Settings
Group contains 52 groups and 137 rules |
[ref]
Contains rules that check correct system settings. |
Group
Installing and Maintaining Software
Group contains 6 groups and 6 rules |
[ref]
The following sections contain information on
security-relevant choices during the initial operating system
installation process and the setup of software
updates. |
Group
System and Software Integrity
Group contains 3 groups and 3 rules |
[ref]
System and software integrity can be gained by installing antivirus, increasing
system encryption strength with FIPS, verifying installed software, enabling SELinux,
installing an Intrusion Prevention System, etc. However, installing or enabling integrity
checking tools cannot prevent intrusions, but they can detect that an intrusion
may have occurred. Requirements for integrity checking may be highly dependent on
the environment in which the system will be used. Snapshot-based approaches such
as AIDE may induce considerable overhead in the presence of frequent software updates. |
Group
Software Integrity Checking
Group contains 1 group and 2 rules |
[ref]
Both the AIDE (Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment)
software and the RPM package management system provide
mechanisms for verifying the integrity of installed software.
AIDE uses snapshots of file metadata (such as hashes) and compares these
to current system files in order to detect changes.
The RPM package management system can conduct integrity
checks by comparing information in its metadata database with
files installed on the system. |
Group
Verify Integrity with AIDE
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
AIDE conducts integrity checks by comparing information about
files with previously-gathered information. Ideally, the AIDE database is
created immediately after initial system configuration, and then again after any
software update. AIDE is highly configurable, with further configuration
information located in /usr/share/doc/aide-VERSION
. |
Rule
Install AIDE
[ref] | The aide package can be installed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf install aide
| Rationale: | The AIDE package must be installed if it is to be available for integrity checking. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_aide_installed | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.3 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-002696, CCI-001744 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6 | ism | 1034, 1288, 1341, 1417 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3 | pcidss | Req-11.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | anssi | R76, R79 | pcidss4 | 11.5.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Build and Test AIDE Database
[ref] | Run the following command to generate a new database:
$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --init
By default, the database will be written to the file
/var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz .
Storing the database, the configuration file /etc/aide.conf , and the binary
/usr/sbin/aide
(or hashes of these files), in a secure location (such as on read-only media) provides additional assurance about their integrity.
The newly-generated database can be installed as follows:
$ sudo cp /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz
To initiate a manual check, run the following command:
$ sudo /usr/sbin/aide --check
If this check produces any unexpected output, investigate. | Rationale: | For AIDE to be effective, an initial database of "known-good" information about files
must be captured and it should be able to be verified against the installed files. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_aide_build_database | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.3 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI01.06, BAI02.01, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS04.07, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-002696, CCI-001744 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.8.2.3 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-7, PR.DS-1, PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1, PR.IP-3 | pcidss | Req-11.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | anssi | R76, R79 | pcidss4 | 11.5.2 |
| |
|
Group
System Cryptographic Policies
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Linux has the capability to centrally configure cryptographic polices. The command
update-crypto-policies is used to set the policy applicable for the various
cryptographic back-ends, such as SSL/TLS libraries. The configured cryptographic
policies will be the default policy used by these backends unless the application
user configures them otherwise. When the system has been configured to use the
centralized cryptographic policies, the administrator is assured that any application
that utilizes the supported backends will follow a policy that adheres to the
configured profile.
Currently the supported backends are:
- GnuTLS library
- OpenSSL library
- NSS library
- OpenJDK
- Libkrb5
- BIND
- OpenSSH
Applications and languages which rely on any of these backends will follow the
system policies as well. Examples are apache httpd, nginx, php, and others. |
Rule
Configure System Cryptography Policy
[ref] | To configure the system cryptography policy to use ciphers only from the DEFAULT
policy, run the following command:
$ sudo update-crypto-policies --set DEFAULT
The rule checks if settings for selected crypto policy are configured as expected. Configuration files in the /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends are either symlinks to correct files provided by Crypto-policies package or they are regular files in case crypto policy customizations are applied.
Crypto policies may be customized by crypto policy modules, in which case it is delimited from the base policy using a colon. Warning:
The system needs to be rebooted for these changes to take effect. Warning:
System Crypto Modules must be provided by a vendor that undergoes
FIPS-140 certifications.
FIPS-140 is applicable to all Federal agencies that use
cryptographic-based security systems to protect sensitive information
in computer and telecommunication systems (including voice systems) as
defined in Section 5131 of the Information Technology Management Reform
Act of 1996, Public Law 104-106. This standard shall be used in
designing and implementing cryptographic modules that Federal
departments and agencies operate or are operated for them under
contract. See https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.140-2.pdf
To meet this, the system has to have cryptographic software provided by
a vendor that has undergone this certification. This means providing
documentation, test results, design information, and independent third
party review by an accredited lab. While open source software is
capable of meeting this, it does not meet FIPS-140 unless the vendor
submits to this process. | Rationale: | Centralized cryptographic policies simplify applying secure ciphers across an operating system and
the applications that run on that operating system. Use of weak or untested encryption algorithms
undermines the purposes of utilizing encryption to protect data. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_configure_crypto_policy | References: | disa | CCI-000068, CCI-003123, CCI-002450, CCI-000877, CCI-002418, CCI-001453, CCI-002890 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | ism | 1446 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R7.1 | nist | AC-17(a), AC-17(2), CM-6(a), MA-4(6), SC-13, SC-12(2), SC-12(3) | ospp | FCS_COP.1(1), FCS_COP.1(2), FCS_COP.1(3), FCS_COP.1(4), FCS_CKM.1, FCS_CKM.2, FCS_TLSC_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000396-GPOS-00176, SRG-OS-000393-GPOS-00173, SRG-OS-000394-GPOS-00174 | pcidss4 | 2.2.7, 2.2 |
| |
|
Group
Sudo
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Sudo , which stands for "su 'do'", provides the ability to delegate authority
to certain users, groups of users, or system administrators. When configured for system
users and/or groups, Sudo can allow a user or group to execute privileged commands
that normally only root is allowed to execute.
For more information on Sudo and addition Sudo configuration options, see
https://www.sudo.ws. |
Rule
The operating system must restrict privilege elevation to authorized personnel
[ref] | The sudo command allows a user to execute programs with elevated
(administrator) privileges. It prompts the user for their password
and confirms your request to execute a command by checking a file,
called sudoers.
Restrict privileged actions by removing the following entries from the sudoers file:
ALL ALL=(ALL) ALL
ALL ALL=(ALL:ALL) ALL
Warning:
This rule doesn't come with a remediation, as the exact requirement allows exceptions,
and removing lines from the sudoers file can make the system non-administrable. | Rationale: | If the "sudoers" file is not configured correctly, any user defined
on the system can initiate privileged actions on the target system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sudo_restrict_privilege_elevation_to_authorized | References: | | |
|
Group
Updating Software
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The dnf command line tool is used to install and
update software packages. The system also provides a graphical
software update tool in the System menu, in the Administration submenu,
called Software Update.
openEuler 2203 systems contain an installed software catalog called
the RPM database, which records metadata of installed packages. Consistently using
dnf or the graphical Software Update for all software installation
allows for insight into the current inventory of installed software on the system.
|
Rule
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled In Main dnf Configuration
[ref] | The gpgcheck option controls whether
RPM packages' signatures are always checked prior to installation.
To configure dnf to check package signatures before installing
them, ensure the following line appears in /etc/yum.conf in
the [main] section:
gpgcheck=1
| Rationale: | Changes to any software components can have significant effects on the
overall security of the operating system. This requirement ensures the
software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a
trusted vendor.
Accordingly, patches, service packs, device drivers, or operating system
components must be signed with a certificate recognized and approved by the
organization.
Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation
validates the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor.
This ensures the software has not been tampered with and that it has been
provided by a trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by
this requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an
approved Certificate Authority (CA). | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_globally_activated | References: | cis-csc | 11, 2, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.4.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.8 | disa | CCI-003992 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b) | nist-csf | PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1 | ospp | FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2 | pcidss | Req-6.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | anssi | R59 | pcidss4 | 6.3.3, 6.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure gpgcheck Enabled for All dnf Package Repositories
[ref] | To ensure signature checking is not disabled for
any repos, remove any lines from files in /etc/yum.repos.d of the form:
gpgcheck=0
| Rationale: | Verifying the authenticity of the software prior to installation validates
the integrity of the patch or upgrade received from a vendor. This ensures
the software has not been tampered with and that it has been provided by a
trusted vendor. Self-signed certificates are disallowed by this
requirement. Certificates used to verify the software must be from an
approved Certificate Authority (CA)." | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ensure_gpgcheck_never_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 2, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.4.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI03.05, BAI06.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.4.8 | disa | CCI-003992 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.312(b), 164.312(c)(1), 164.312(c)(2), 164.312(e)(2)(i) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.3, SR 3.4, SR 3.8, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.4, A.12.1.2, A.12.2.1, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | CM-5(3), SI-7, SC-12, SC-12(3), CM-6(a), SA-12, SA-12(10), CM-11(a), CM-11(b) | nist-csf | PR.DS-6, PR.DS-8, PR.IP-1 | ospp | FPT_TUD_EXT.1, FPT_TUD_EXT.2 | pcidss | Req-6.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000366-GPOS-00153 | anssi | R59 | pcidss4 | 6.3.3, 6.3 |
| |
|
Group
Account and Access Control
Group contains 14 groups and 41 rules |
[ref]
In traditional Unix security, if an attacker gains
shell access to a certain login account, they can perform any action
or access any file to which that account has access. Therefore,
making it more difficult for unauthorized people to gain shell
access to accounts, particularly to privileged accounts, is a
necessary part of securing a system. This section introduces
mechanisms for restricting access to accounts under
openEuler 2203. |
Group
Warning Banners for System Accesses
Group contains 9 rules |
[ref]
Each system should expose as little information about
itself as possible.
System banners, which are typically displayed just before a
login prompt, give out information about the service or the host's
operating system. This might include the distribution name and the
system kernel version, and the particular version of a network
service. This information can assist intruders in gaining access to
the system as it can reveal whether the system is running
vulnerable software. Most network services can be configured to
limit what information is displayed.
Many organizations implement security policies that require a
system banner provide notice of the system's ownership, provide
warning to unauthorized users, and remind authorized users of their
consent to monitoring. |
Rule
Verify Group Ownership of System Login Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/issue , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/issue
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper group ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_issue | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Ownership of System Login Banner for Remote Connections
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/issue.net , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/issue.net
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper group ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_issue_net | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Ownership of Message of the Day Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/motd , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/motd
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper group ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_motd | |
|
Rule
Verify ownership of System Login Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/issue , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/issue
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_issue | |
|
Rule
Verify ownership of System Login Banner for Remote Connections
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/issue.net , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/issue.net
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_issue_net | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify ownership of Message of the Day Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/motd , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/motd
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper ownership will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_motd | |
|
Rule
Verify permissions on System Login Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/issue , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/issue
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper permissions will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_issue | |
|
Rule
Verify permissions on System Login Banner for Remote Connections
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/issue.net , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/issue.net
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper permissions will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_issue_net | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify permissions on Message of the Day Banner
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/motd , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/motd
| Rationale: | Display of a standardized and approved use notification before granting
access to the operating system ensures privacy and security notification
verbiage used is consistent with applicable federal laws, Executive Orders,
directives, policies, regulations, standards, and guidance.
Proper permissions will ensure that only root user can modify the banner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_motd | |
|
Group
Protect Accounts by Configuring PAM
Group contains 4 groups and 14 rules |
[ref]
PAM, or Pluggable Authentication Modules, is a system
which implements modular authentication for Linux programs. PAM provides
a flexible and configurable architecture for authentication, and it should be configured
to minimize exposure to unnecessary risk. This section contains
guidance on how to accomplish that.
PAM is implemented as a set of shared objects which are
loaded and invoked whenever an application wishes to authenticate a
user. Typically, the application must be running as root in order
to take advantage of PAM, because PAM's modules often need to be able
to access sensitive stores of account information, such as /etc/shadow.
Traditional privileged network listeners
(e.g. sshd) or SUID programs (e.g. sudo) already meet this
requirement. An SUID root application, userhelper, is provided so
that programs which are not SUID or privileged themselves can still
take advantage of PAM.
PAM looks in the directory /etc/pam.d for
application-specific configuration information. For instance, if
the program login attempts to authenticate a user, then PAM's
libraries follow the instructions in the file /etc/pam.d/login
to determine what actions should be taken.
One very important file in /etc/pam.d is
/etc/pam.d/system-auth . This file, which is included by
many other PAM configuration files, defines 'default' system authentication
measures. Modifying this file is a good way to make far-reaching
authentication changes, for instance when implementing a
centralized authentication service. Warning:
Be careful when making changes to PAM's configuration files.
The syntax for these files is complex, and modifications can
have unexpected consequences. The default configurations shipped
with applications should be sufficient for most users. |
Group
Set Lockouts for Failed Password Attempts
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The pam_faillock PAM module provides the capability to
lock out user accounts after a number of failed login attempts. Its
documentation is available in
/usr/share/doc/pam-VERSION/txts/README.pam_faillock .
Warning:
Locking out user accounts presents the
risk of a denial-of-service attack. The lockout policy
must weigh whether the risk of such a
denial-of-service attack outweighs the benefits of thwarting
password guessing attacks. |
Rule
Limit Password Reuse
[ref] | Do not allow users to reuse recent passwords. This can be accomplished by using the
remember option for the pam_unix or pam_pwhistory PAM modules. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report. Warning:
Newer versions of authselect contain an authselect feature to easily and properly
enable pam_pwhistory.so module. If this feature is not yet available in your
system, an authselect custom profile must be used to avoid integrity issues in PAM files. | Rationale: | Preventing re-use of previous passwords helps ensure that a compromised password is not
re-used by a user. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_unix_remember | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.8 | disa | CCI-000200 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(e) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000077-GPOS-00045 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.7, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Lock Accounts After Failed Password Attempts
[ref] | This rule configures the system to lock out accounts after a number of incorrect login attempts
using pam_faillock.so .
pam_faillock.so module requires multiple entries in pam files. These entries must be carefully
defined to work as expected.
Ensure that the file /etc/security/faillock.conf contains the following entry:
deny = <count>
Where count should be less than or equal to
3 and greater than 0.
In order to avoid errors when manually editing these files, it is
recommended to use the appropriate tools, such as authselect or authconfig ,
depending on the OS version. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
If the system supports the /etc/security/faillock.conf file, the pam_faillock
parameters should be defined in faillock.conf file. | Rationale: | By limiting the number of failed logon attempts, the risk of unauthorized system access via
user password guessing, also known as brute-forcing, is reduced. Limits are imposed by locking
the account. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_deny | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cjis | 5.5.3 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.8 | disa | CCI-000044, CCI-002238 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FIA_AFL.1 | pcidss | Req-8.1.6 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.4, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Set Lockout Time for Failed Password Attempts
[ref] | This rule configures the system to lock out accounts during a specified time period after a
number of incorrect login attempts using pam_faillock.so .
Ensure that the file /etc/security/faillock.conf contains the following entry:
unlock_time=<interval-in-seconds> where
interval-in-seconds is 300 or greater.
pam_faillock.so module requires multiple entries in pam files. These entries must be carefully
defined to work as expected. In order to avoid any errors when manually editing these files,
it is recommended to use the appropriate tools, such as authselect or authconfig ,
depending on the OS version.
If unlock_time is set to 0 , manual intervention by an administrator is required
to unlock a user. This should be done using the faillock tool. Warning:
If the system supports the new /etc/security/faillock.conf file but the
pam_faillock.so parameters are defined directly in /etc/pam.d/system-auth and
/etc/pam.d/password-auth , the remediation will migrate the unlock_time parameter
to /etc/security/faillock.conf to ensure compatibility with authselect tool.
The parameters deny and fail_interval , if used, also have to be migrated
by their respective remediation. Warning:
If the system relies on authselect tool to manage PAM settings, the remediation
will also use authselect tool. However, if any manual modification was made in
PAM files, the authselect integrity check will fail and the remediation will be
aborted in order to preserve intentional changes. In this case, an informative message will
be shown in the remediation report.
If the system supports the /etc/security/faillock.conf file, the pam_faillock
parameters should be defined in faillock.conf file. | Rationale: | By limiting the number of failed logon attempts the risk of unauthorized system
access via user password guessing, otherwise known as brute-forcing, is reduced.
Limits are imposed by locking the account. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_passwords_pam_faillock_unlock_time | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cjis | 5.5.3 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.8 | disa | CCI-000044, CCI-002238 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(b) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | ospp | FIA_AFL.1 | pcidss | Req-8.1.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000329-GPOS-00128, SRG-OS-000021-GPOS-00005 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.4, 8.3 |
| |
|
Group
Set Password Quality Requirements
Group contains 1 group and 9 rules |
[ref]
The default pam_pwquality PAM module provides strength
checking for passwords. It performs a number of checks, such as
making sure passwords are not similar to dictionary words, are of
at least a certain length, are not the previous password reversed,
and are not simply a change of case from the previous password. It
can also require passwords to be in certain character classes. The
pam_pwquality module is the preferred way of configuring
password requirements.
The man pages pam_pwquality(8)
provide information on the capabilities and configuration of
each. |
Group
Set Password Quality Requirements with pam_pwquality
Group contains 9 rules |
[ref]
The pam_pwquality PAM module can be configured to meet
requirements for a variety of policies.
For example, to configure pam_pwquality to require at least one uppercase
character, lowercase character, digit, and other (special)
character, make sure that pam_pwquality exists in /etc/pam.d/system-auth :
password requisite pam_pwquality.so try_first_pass local_users_only retry=3 authtok_type=
If no such line exists, add one as the first line of the password section in /etc/pam.d/system-auth .
Next, modify the settings in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to match the following:
difok = 4
minlen = 14
dcredit = -1
ucredit = -1
lcredit = -1
ocredit = -1
maxrepeat = 3
The arguments can be modified to ensure compliance with
your organization's security policy. Discussion of each parameter follows. |
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Digit Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's dcredit parameter controls requirements for
usage of digits in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many digits. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each digit. Modify the dcredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a digit in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring digits makes password guessing attacks more difficult by ensuring a larger
search space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_dcredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000071-GPOS-00039 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Prevent the Use of Dictionary Words
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's dictcheck check if passwords contains dictionary words. When
dictcheck is set to 1 passwords will be checked for dictionary words. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at
guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more
complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before the
password is compromised.
Passwords with dictionary words may be more vulnerable to password-guessing attacks. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_dictcheck | References: | disa | CCI-000366 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00225, SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Enforce for root User
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's enforce_for_root parameter controls requirements for
enforcing password complexity for the root user. Enable the enforce_for_root
setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the root user
to use complex passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise
the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a
password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a
password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations
that need to be tested before the password is compromised. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_enforce_root | References: | disa | CCI-004066 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040, SRG-OS-000071-GPOS-00039, SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038, SRG-OS-000266-GPOS-00101, SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00225, SRG-OS-000069-GPOS-00037 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Lowercase Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's lcredit parameter controls requirements for
usage of lowercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many lowercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each lowercase character. Modify the lcredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of a lowercase character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possble combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of lowercase characters makes password guessing attacks
more difficult by ensuring a larger search space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_lcredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038 | anssi | R31 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Different Categories
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's minclass parameter controls
requirements for usage of different character classes, or types, of character
that must exist in a password before it is considered valid. For example,
setting this value to three (3) requires that any password must have characters
from at least three different categories in order to be approved. The default
value is zero (0), meaning there are no required classes. There are four
categories available:
* Upper-case characters
* Lower-case characters
* Digits
* Special characters (for example, punctuation)
Modify the minclass setting in /etc/security/pwquality.conf entry
to require 3
differing categories of characters when changing passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts
at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The
more complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before
the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of character categories makes password guessing attacks more difficult
by ensuring a larger search space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_minclass | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000072-GPOS-00040 | anssi | R68 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Length
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's minlen parameter controls requirements for
minimum characters required in a password. Add minlen=8
after pam_pwquality to set minimum password length requirements. | Rationale: | The shorter the password, the lower the number of possible combinations
that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a
password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password length is one factor of several that helps to determine strength
and how long it takes to crack a password. Use of more characters in a password
helps to exponentially increase the time and/or resources required to
compromise the password. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_minlen | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000078-GPOS-00046 | anssi | R31, R68 | pcidss4 | 8.3.6, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Special Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's ocredit= parameter controls requirements for
usage of special (or "other") characters in a password. When set to a negative number,
any password will be required to contain that many special characters.
When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1
additional length credit for each special character. Modify the ocredit setting
in /etc/security/pwquality.conf to equal 0
to require use of a special character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required
to compromise the password. Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of
the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts at guessing and brute-force
attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes
to crack a password. The more complex the password, the greater the number of
possible combinations that need to be tested before the password is compromised.
Requiring a minimum number of special characters makes password guessing attacks
more difficult by ensuring a larger search space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_ocredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000266-GPOS-00101 | anssi | R31 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Authentication Retry Prompts Permitted Per-Session
[ref] | To configure the number of retry prompts that are permitted per-session:
Edit the pam_pwquality.so statement in
/etc/pam.d/system-auth to show
retry=3
, or a lower value if site
policy is more restrictive. The DoD requirement is a maximum of 3 prompts
per session. | Rationale: | Setting the password retry prompts that are permitted on a per-session basis to a low value
requires some software, such as SSH, to re-connect. This can slow down and
draw additional attention to some types of password-guessing attacks. Note that this
is different from account lockout, which is provided by the pam_faillock module. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_retry | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 15, 16, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.3 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-7(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.IP-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000069-GPOS-00037, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R68 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure PAM Enforces Password Requirements - Minimum Uppercase Characters
[ref] | The pam_pwquality module's ucredit= parameter controls requirements for
usage of uppercase letters in a password. When set to a negative number, any password will be required to
contain that many uppercase characters. When set to a positive number, pam_pwquality will grant +1 additional
length credit for each uppercase character. Modify the ucredit setting in
/etc/security/pwquality.conf to require the use of an uppercase character in passwords. | Rationale: | Use of a complex password helps to increase the time and resources required to compromise the password.
Password complexity, or strength, is a measure of the effectiveness of a password in resisting attempts
at guessing and brute-force attacks.
Password complexity is one factor of several that determines how long it takes to crack a password. The more
complex the password, the greater the number of possible combinations that need to be tested before
the password is compromised. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_pam_ucredit | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(a), CM-6(a), IA-5(4) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | pcidss | Req-8.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000069-GPOS-00037, SRG-OS-000070-GPOS-00038 | anssi | R31 |
| |
|
Group
Set Password Hashing Algorithm
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The system's default algorithm for storing password hashes in
/etc/shadow is SHA-512. This can be configured in several
locations. |
Rule
Set PAM''s Password Hashing Algorithm - password-auth
[ref] | The PAM system service can be configured to only store encrypted representations of passwords.
In /etc/pam.d/password-auth , the password section of the file controls which
PAM modules to execute during a password change.
Set the pam_unix.so module in the password section to include the option
sha512 and no other hashing
algorithms as shown below:
password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512
other arguments...
This will help ensure that new passwords for local users will be stored using the
sha512 algorithm. Warning:
The hashing algorithms to be used with pam_unix.so are defined with independent module
options. There are at least 7 possible algorithms and likely more algorithms will be
introduced along the time. Due the the number of options and its possible combinations,
the use of multiple hashing algorithm options may bring unexpected behaviors to the
system. For this reason the check will pass only when one hashing algorithm option is
defined and is aligned to the "var_password_hashing_algorithm_pam" variable. The
remediation will ensure the correct option and remove any other extra hashing algorithm
option. | Rationale: | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for
protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read
(i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. Passwords that are encrypted with a weak algorithm
are no more protected than if they are kept in plain text.
This setting ensures user and group account administration utilities are configured to store
only encrypted representations of passwords. Additionally, the crypt_style
configuration option in /etc/libuser.conf ensures the use of a strong hashing
algorithm that makes password cracking attacks more difficult. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_password_hashing_algorithm_passwordauth | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.2 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.13.11 | disa | CCI-004062 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 |
| |
|
Rule
Set PAM''s Password Hashing Algorithm
[ref] | The PAM system service can be configured to only store encrypted representations of passwords.
In "/etc/pam.d/system-auth", the password section of the file controls which
PAM modules to execute during a password change.
Set the pam_unix.so module in the password section to include the option
sha512 and no other hashing
algorithms as shown below:
password sufficient pam_unix.so sha512
other arguments...
This will help ensure that new passwords for local users will be stored using the
sha512 algorithm. Warning:
The hashing algorithms to be used with pam_unix.so are defined with independent module
options. There are at least 7 possible algorithms and likely more algorithms will be
introduced along the time. Due the the number of options and its possible combinations,
the use of multiple hashing algorithm options may bring unexpected behaviors to the
system. For this reason the check will pass only when one hashing algorithm option is
defined and is aligned to the "var_password_hashing_algorithm_pam" variable. The
remediation will ensure the correct option and remove any other extra hashing algorithm
option. | Rationale: | Passwords need to be protected at all times, and encryption is the standard method for
protecting passwords. If passwords are not encrypted, they can be plainly read
(i.e., clear text) and easily compromised. Passwords that are encrypted with a weak algorithm
are no more protected than if they are kept in plain text.
This setting ensures user and group account administration utilities are configured to store
only encrypted representations of passwords. Additionally, the crypt_style
configuration option in /etc/libuser.conf ensures the use of a strong hashing
algorithm that makes password cracking attacks more difficult. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_password_hashing_algorithm_systemauth | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.2 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.13.11 | disa | CCI-000196, CCI-000803, CCI-004062 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(c), IA-5(1)(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000073-GPOS-00041, SRG-OS-000120-GPOS-00061 | anssi | R68 | pcidss4 | 8.3.2, 8.3 |
| |
|
Group
Protect Physical Console Access
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
It is impossible to fully protect a system from an
attacker with physical access, so securing the space in which the
system is located should be considered a necessary step. However,
there are some steps which, if taken, make it more difficult for an
attacker to quickly or undetectably modify a system from its
console. |
Rule
Disable debug-shell SystemD Service
[ref] | SystemD's debug-shell service is intended to
diagnose SystemD related boot issues with various systemctl
commands. Once enabled and following a system reboot, the root shell
will be available on tty9 which is access by pressing
CTRL-ALT-F9 . The debug-shell service should only be used
for SystemD related issues and should otherwise be disabled.
By default, the debug-shell SystemD service is already disabled.
The debug-shell service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now debug-shell.service
| Rationale: | This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security
on the machine through valid troubleshooting configurations and gaining root
access when the system is rebooted. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_debug-shell_disabled | References: | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002235 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | nist | CM-6 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Require Authentication for Emergency Systemd Target
[ref] | Emergency mode is intended as a system recovery
method, providing a single user root access to the system
during a failed boot sequence.
By default, Emergency mode is protected by requiring a password and is set
in /usr/lib/systemd/system/emergency.service . | Rationale: | This prevents attackers with physical access from trivially bypassing security
on the machine and gaining root access. Such accesses are further prevented
by configuring the bootloader password. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_require_emergency_target_auth | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000213 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | IA-2, AC-3, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 |
| |
|
Group
Protect Accounts by Restricting Password-Based Login
Group contains 4 groups and 13 rules |
[ref]
Conventionally, Unix shell accounts are accessed by
providing a username and password to a login program, which tests
these values for correctness using the /etc/passwd and
/etc/shadow files. Password-based login is vulnerable to
guessing of weak passwords, and to sniffing and man-in-the-middle
attacks against passwords entered over a network or at an insecure
console. Therefore, mechanisms for accessing accounts by entering
usernames and passwords should be restricted to those which are
operationally necessary. |
Group
Set Account Expiration Parameters
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Accounts can be configured to be automatically disabled
after a certain time period,
meaning that they will require administrator interaction to become usable again.
Expiration of accounts after inactivity can be set for all accounts by default
and also on a per-account basis, such as for accounts that are known to be temporary.
To configure automatic expiration of an account following
the expiration of its password (that is, after the password has expired and not been changed),
run the following command, substituting NUM_DAYS and USER appropriately:
$ sudo chage -I NUM_DAYS USER
Accounts, such as temporary accounts, can also be configured to expire on an explicitly-set date with the
-E option.
The file /etc/default/useradd controls
default settings for all newly-created accounts created with the system's
normal command line utilities. Warning:
This will only apply to newly created accounts |
Rule
Assign Expiration Date to Temporary Accounts
[ref] | Temporary accounts are established as part of normal account activation
procedures when there is a need for short-term accounts. In the event
temporary accounts are required, configure the system to
terminate them after a documented time period. For every temporary account, run the following command to set an expiration date on
it, substituting USER and YYYY-MM-DD
appropriately:
$ sudo chage -E YYYY-MM-DD USER
YYYY-MM-DD indicates the documented expiration date for the
account. For U.S. Government systems, the operating system must be
configured to automatically terminate these types of accounts after a
period of 72 hours. | Rationale: | If temporary user accounts remain active when no longer needed or for
an excessive period, these accounts may be used to gain unauthorized access.
To mitigate this risk, automated termination of all temporary accounts
must be set upon account creation.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_temp_expire_date | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8 | cobit5 | DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03 | disa | CCI-000016, CCI-001682 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | AC-2(2), AC-2(3), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000123-GPOS-00064, SRG-OS-000002-GPOS-00002 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All Accounts on the System Have Unique Names
[ref] | Ensure accounts on the system have unique names.
To ensure all accounts have unique names, run the following command:
$ sudo getent passwd | awk -F: '{ print $1}' | uniq -d
If a username is returned, change or delete the username. | Rationale: | Unique usernames allow for accountability on the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_unique_name | References: | | |
|
Group
Set Password Expiration Parameters
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The file /etc/login.defs controls several
password-related settings. Programs such as passwd ,
su , and
login consult /etc/login.defs to determine
behavior with regard to password aging, expiration warnings,
and length. See the man page login.defs(5) for more information.
Users should be forced to change their passwords, in order to
decrease the utility of compromised passwords. However, the need to
change passwords often should be balanced against the risk that
users will reuse or write down passwords if forced to change them
too often. Forcing password changes every 90-360 days, depending on
the environment, is recommended. Set the appropriate value as
PASS_MAX_DAYS and apply it to existing accounts with the
-M flag.
The PASS_MIN_DAYS ( -m ) setting prevents password
changes for 7 days after the first change, to discourage password
cycling. If you use this setting, train users to contact an administrator
for an emergency password change in case a new password becomes
compromised. The PASS_WARN_AGE ( -W ) setting gives
users 7 days of warnings at login time that their passwords are about to expire.
For example, for each existing human user USER, expiration parameters
could be adjusted to a 180 day maximum password age, 7 day minimum password
age, and 7 day warning period with the following command:
$ sudo chage -M 180 -m 7 -W 7 USER
|
Rule
Set Password Maximum Age
[ref] | To specify password maximum age for new accounts,
edit the file /etc/login.defs
and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MAX_DAYS 90
A value of 180 days is sufficient for many environments.
The DoD requirement is 60.
The profile requirement is 90 . | Rationale: | Any password, no matter how complex, can eventually be cracked. Therefore, passwords
need to be changed periodically. If the operating system does not limit the lifetime
of passwords and force users to change their passwords, there is the risk that the
operating system passwords could be compromised.
Setting the password maximum age ensures users are required to
periodically change their passwords. Requiring shorter password lifetimes
increases the risk of users writing down the password in a convenient
location subject to physical compromise. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_maximum_age_login_defs | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.6 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000076-GPOS-00044 | pcidss4 | 8.3.9, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Set Password Minimum Age
[ref] | To specify password minimum age for new accounts,
edit the file /etc/login.defs
and add or correct the following line:
PASS_MIN_DAYS 0
A value of 1 day is considered sufficient for many
environments. The DoD requirement is 1.
The profile requirement is 0 . | Rationale: | Enforcing a minimum password lifetime helps to prevent repeated password
changes to defeat the password reuse or history enforcement requirement. If
users are allowed to immediately and continually change their password,
then the password could be repeatedly changed in a short period of time to
defeat the organization's policy regarding password reuse.
Setting the minimum password age protects against users cycling back to a
favorite password after satisfying the password reuse requirement. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_minimum_age_login_defs | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.6.2.1.1 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.8 | disa | CCI-004066 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000075-GPOS-00043 |
| |
|
Rule
Set Password Warning Age
[ref] | To specify how many days prior to password
expiration that a warning will be issued to users,
edit the file /etc/login.defs and add or correct
the following line:
PASS_WARN_AGE 7
The DoD requirement is 7.
The profile requirement is 7 . | Rationale: | Setting the password warning age enables users to
make the change at a practical time. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_password_warn_age_login_defs | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 7, 8 | cobit5 | DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.5.8 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 6.2 | ism | 0418, 1055, 1402 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | IA-5(f), IA-5(1)(d), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.2.4 | pcidss4 | 8.3.9, 8.3 |
| |
|
Group
Verify Proper Storage and Existence of Password
Hashes
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
By default, password hashes for local accounts are stored
in the second field (colon-separated) in
/etc/shadow . This file should be readable only by
processes running with root credentials, preventing users from
casually accessing others' password hashes and attempting
to crack them.
However, it remains possible to misconfigure the system
and store password hashes
in world-readable files such as /etc/passwd , or
to even store passwords themselves in plaintext on the system.
Using system-provided tools for password change/creation
should allow administrators to avoid such misconfiguration. |
Rule
All GIDs referenced in /etc/passwd must be defined in /etc/group
[ref] | Add a group to the system for each GID referenced without a corresponding group. | Rationale: | If a user is assigned the Group Identifier (GID) of a group not existing on the system, and a group
with the Group Identifier (GID) is subsequently created, the user may have unintended rights to
any files associated with the group. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_gid_passwd_group_same | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-000764 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | IA-2, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | pcidss | Req-8.5.a | os-srg | SRG-OS-000104-GPOS-00051 | pcidss4 | 8.2.2, 8.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify No .forward Files Exist
[ref] | The .forward file specifies an email address to forward the user's mail to. | Rationale: | Use of the .forward file poses a security risk in that sensitive data may
be inadvertently transferred outside the organization. The .forward file
also poses a risk as it can be used to execute commands that may perform
unintended actions. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_forward_files | |
|
Rule
Verify No netrc Files Exist
[ref] | The .netrc files contain login information
used to auto-login into FTP servers and reside in the user's home
directory. These files may contain unencrypted passwords to
remote FTP servers making them susceptible to access by unauthorized
users and should not be used. Any .netrc files should be removed. | Rationale: | Unencrypted passwords for remote FTP servers may be stored in .netrc
files. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_netrc_files | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-000196 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R1.3, CIP-003-8 R3, CIP-003-8 R3.1, CIP-003-8 R3.2, CIP-003-8 R3.3, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | IA-5(h), IA-5(1)(c), CM-6(a), IA-5(7) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Root Logins
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
Direct root logins should be allowed only for emergency use.
In normal situations, the administrator should access the system
via a unique unprivileged account, and then use su or sudo to execute
privileged commands. Discouraging administrators from accessing the
root account directly ensures an audit trail in organizations with
multiple administrators. Locking down the channels through which
root can connect directly also reduces opportunities for
password-guessing against the root account. The login program
uses the file /etc/securetty to determine which interfaces
should allow root logins.
The virtual devices /dev/console
and /dev/tty* represent the system consoles (accessible via
the Ctrl-Alt-F1 through Ctrl-Alt-F6 keyboard sequences on a default
installation). The default securetty file also contains /dev/vc/* .
These are likely to be deprecated in most environments, but may be retained
for compatibility. Root should also be prohibited from connecting
via network protocols. Other sections of this document
include guidance describing how to prevent root from logging in via SSH. |
Rule
Verify Only Root Has UID 0
[ref] | If any account other than root has a UID of 0, this misconfiguration should
be investigated and the accounts other than root should be removed or have
their UID changed.
If the account is associated with system commands or applications the UID
should be changed to one greater than "0" but less than "1000."
Otherwise assign a UID greater than "1000" that has not already been
assigned. | Rationale: | An account has root authority if it has a UID of 0. Multiple accounts
with a UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to
guess a password for a privileged account. Proper configuration of
sudo is recommended to afford multiple system administrators
access to root privileges in an accountable manner. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_no_uid_except_zero | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | IA-2, AC-6(5), IA-4(b) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 8.2.1, 8.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Enforce usage of pam_wheel for su authentication
[ref] | To ensure that only users who are members of the wheel group can
run commands with altered privileges through the su command, make
sure that the following line exists in the file /etc/pam.d/su :
auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid
Warning:
Members of "wheel" or GID 0 groups are checked by default if the group option is not set
for pam_wheel.so module. Therefore, members of these groups should be manually checked or
a different group should be informed according to the site policy. | Rationale: | The su program allows to run commands with a substitute user and
group ID. It is commonly used to run commands as the root user. Limiting
access to such command is considered a good security practice. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_use_pam_wheel_for_su | References: | disa | CCI-002165, CCI-004895 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000373-GPOS-00156, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All Accounts on the System Have Unique User IDs
[ref] | Change user IDs (UIDs), or delete accounts, so each has a unique name. Warning:
Automatic remediation of this control is not available due to unique requirements of each
system. | Rationale: | To assure accountability and prevent unauthenticated access, interactive users must be identified and authenticated to prevent potential misuse and compromise of the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_account_unique_id | References: | disa | CCI-000135, CCI-000764, CCI-000804 | pcidss | Req-8.1.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000104-GPOS-00051, SRG-OS-000121-GPOS-00062 | pcidss4 | 8.2.1, 8.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All Groups on the System Have Unique Group ID
[ref] | Change the group name or delete groups, so each has a unique id. Warning:
Automatic remediation of this control is not available due to the unique requirements of each system. | Rationale: | To assure accountability and prevent unauthenticated access, groups must be identified uniquely to prevent potential misuse and compromise of the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_group_unique_id | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure All Groups on the System Have Unique Group Names
[ref] | Change the group name or delete groups, so each has a unique name. Warning:
Automatic remediation of this control is not available due to the unique requirements of each system. | Rationale: | To assure accountability and prevent unauthenticated access, groups must be identified uniquely to prevent potential misuse and compromise of the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_group_unique_name | References: | | |
|
Group
Secure Session Configuration Files for Login Accounts
Group contains 1 group and 3 rules |
[ref]
When a user logs into a Unix account, the system
configures the user's session by reading a number of files. Many of
these files are located in the user's home directory, and may have
weak permissions as a result of user error or misconfiguration. If
an attacker can modify or even read certain types of account
configuration information, they can often gain full access to the
affected user's account. Therefore, it is important to test and
correct configuration file permissions for interactive accounts,
particularly those of privileged users such as root or system
administrators. |
Group
Ensure that Users Have Sensible Umask Values
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The umask setting controls the default permissions
for the creation of new files.
With a default umask setting of 077, files and directories
created by users will not be readable by any other user on the
system. Users who wish to make specific files group- or
world-readable can accomplish this by using the chmod command.
Additionally, users can make all their files readable to their
group by default by setting a umask of 027 in their shell
configuration files. If default per-user groups exist (that is, if
every user has a default group whose name is the same as that
user's username and whose only member is the user), then it may
even be safe for users to select a umask of 007, making it very
easy to intentionally share files with groups of which the user is
a member.
|
Rule
Ensure the Default Bash Umask is Set Correctly
[ref] | To ensure the default umask for users of the Bash shell is set properly,
add or correct the umask setting in /etc/bashrc to read
as follows:
umask 077
| Rationale: | The umask value influences the permissions assigned to files when they are created.
A misconfigured umask value could result in files with excessive permissions that can be read or
written to by unauthorized users. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_umask_etc_bashrc | References: | cis-csc | 18 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI03.01, BAI03.02, BAI03.03 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.3 | iso27001-2013 | A.14.1.1, A.14.2.1, A.14.2.5, A.6.1.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | AC-6(1), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00228, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R36 |
| |
|
Rule
Set Interactive Session Timeout
[ref] | Setting the TMOUT option in /etc/profile ensures that
all user sessions will terminate based on inactivity.
The value of TMOUT should be exported and read only.
The TMOUT
setting in a file loaded by /etc/profile , e.g.
/etc/profile.d/tmout.sh should read as follows:
typeset -xr TMOUT=300
or
declare -xr TMOUT=300
Using the typeset keyword is preferred for wider compatibility with ksh and other shells. | Rationale: | Terminating an idle session within a short time period reduces
the window of opportunity for unauthorized personnel to take control of a
management session enabled on the console or console port that has been
left unattended. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_tmout | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.11 | disa | CCI-000057, CCI-001133 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-12, SC-10, AC-2(5), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000163-GPOS-00072, SRG-OS-000029-GPOS-00010 | anssi | R32 | pcidss4 | 8.6.1, 8.6 |
| |
|
Rule
All Interactive Users Home Directories Must Exist
[ref] | Create home directories to all local interactive users that currently do not
have a home directory assigned. Use the following commands to create the user
home directory assigned in /etc/passwd :
$ sudo mkdir /home/USER
| Rationale: | If a local interactive user has a home directory defined that does not exist,
the user may be given access to the / directory as the current working directory
upon logon. This could create a Denial of Service because the user would not be
able to access their logon configuration files, and it may give them visibility
to system files they normally would not be able to access. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_accounts_user_interactive_home_directory_exists | References: | | |
|
Group
GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 2 groups and 4 rules |
[ref]
During the boot process, the boot loader is
responsible for starting the execution of the kernel and passing
options to it. The boot loader allows for the selection of
different kernels - possibly on different partitions or media.
The default openEuler 2203 boot loader for x86 systems is called GRUB2.
Options it can pass to the kernel include single-user mode, which
provides root access without any authentication, and the ability to
disable SELinux. To prevent local users from modifying the boot
parameters and endangering security, protect the boot loader configuration
with a password and ensure its configuration file's permissions
are set properly. |
Group
Non-UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Non-UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration |
Rule
Set Boot Loader Password in grub2
[ref] | The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password
protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.
Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password
by running the following command:
# grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.
Warning:
To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation
must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Also, do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the
grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file. | Rationale: | Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures
users with physical access cannot trivially alter
important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use,
and whether to enter single-user mode. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_password | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000213 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 | anssi | R5 |
| |
|
Group
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
UEFI GRUB2 bootloader configuration Warning:
UEFI generally uses vfat file systems, which does not support Unix-style permissions
managed by chmod command. In this case, in order to change file permissions for files
within /boot/efi it is necessary to update the mount options in /etc/fstab file and
reboot the system. |
Rule
Set the UEFI Boot Loader Password
[ref] | The grub2 boot loader should have a superuser account and password
protection enabled to protect boot-time settings.
Since plaintext passwords are a security risk, generate a hash for the password
by running the following command:
# grub2-setpassword
When prompted, enter the password that was selected.
Warning:
To prevent hard-coded passwords, automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation
must be automated as a component of machine provisioning, or followed manually as outlined above.
Also, do NOT manually add the superuser account and password to the
grub.cfg file as the grub2-mkconfig command overwrites this file. | Rationale: | Password protection on the boot loader configuration ensures
users with physical access cannot trivially alter
important bootloader settings. These include which kernel to use,
and whether to enter single-user mode. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_uefi_password | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.4.5 | disa | CCI-000213 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(B), 164.308(a)(7)(i), 164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A), 164.310(a)(1), 164.310(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(ii), 164.310(a)(2)(iii), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2)(iii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000080-GPOS-00048 | anssi | R5 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure SMAP is not disabled during boot
[ref] | The SMAP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from unintentionally reading/writing into
memory pages in the user space, it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.7.
But it could be disabled through kernel boot parameters.
Ensure that Supervisor Mode Access Prevention (SMAP) is not disabled by
the nosmap boot paramenter option.
Check that the line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..." within /etc/default/grub
doesn't contain the argument nosmap .
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmap"
| Rationale: | Disabling SMAP can facilitate exploitation of vulnerabilities caused by unintended access and
manipulation of data in the user space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_nosmap_argument_absent | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure SMEP is not disabled during boot
[ref] | The SMEP is used to prevent the supervisor mode from executing user space code,
it is enabled by default since Linux kernel 3.0. But it could be disabled through
kernel boot parameters.
Ensure that Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention (SMEP) is not disabled by
the nosmep boot paramenter option.
Check that the line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="..." within /etc/default/grub
doesn't contain the argument nosmep .
Run the following command to update command line for already installed kernels:
# grubby --update-kernel=ALL --remove-args="nosmep"
| Rationale: | Disabling SMEP can facilitate exploitation of certain vulnerabilities because it allows
the kernel to unintentionally execute code in less privileged memory space. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_nosmep_argument_absent | References: | | |
|
Group
Kernel Configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Contains rules that check the kernel configuration that was used to build it. |
Rule
Enable seccomp to safely compute untrusted bytecode
[ref] | This kernel feature is useful for number crunching applications that may need to compute
untrusted bytecode during their execution. By using pipes or other transports made available
to the process as file descriptors supporting the read/write syscalls, it's possible to isolate
those applications in their own address space using seccomp.
The configuration that was used to build kernel is available at /boot/config-* .
To check the configuration value for CONFIG_SECCOMP , run the following command:
grep CONFIG_SECCOMP /boot/config-*
For each kernel installed, a line with value "y" should be returned.
Warning:
There is no remediation for this besides re-compiling the kernel with the appropriate value for the config. | Rationale: | seccomp enables the ability to filter system calls made by an application, effectively
isolating the system's resources from it.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_config_seccomp | References: | | |
|
Group
Configure Syslog
Group contains 2 groups and 7 rules |
[ref]
The syslog service has been the default Unix logging mechanism for
many years. It has a number of downsides, including inconsistent log format,
lack of authentication for received messages, and lack of authentication,
encryption, or reliable transport for messages sent over a network. However,
due to its long history, syslog is a de facto standard which is supported by
almost all Unix applications.
In openEuler 2203, rsyslog has replaced ksyslogd as the
syslog daemon of choice, and it includes some additional security features
such as reliable, connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the
option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to
a central logging server.
This section discusses how to configure rsyslog for
best effect, and how to use tools provided with the system to maintain and
monitor logs. |
Group
Ensure Proper Configuration of Log Files
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
The file /etc/rsyslog.conf controls where log message are written.
These are controlled by lines called rules, which consist of a
selector and an action.
These rules are often customized depending on the role of the system, the
requirements of the environment, and whatever may enable
the administrator to most effectively make use of log data.
The default rules in openEuler 2203 are:
*.info;mail.none;authpriv.none;cron.none /var/log/messages
authpriv.* /var/log/secure
mail.* -/var/log/maillog
cron.* /var/log/cron
*.emerg *
uucp,news.crit /var/log/spooler
local7.* /var/log/boot.log
See the man page rsyslog.conf(5) for more information.
Note that the rsyslog daemon can be configured to use a timestamp format that
some log processing programs may not understand. If this occurs,
edit the file /etc/rsyslog.conf and add or edit the following line:
$ ActionFileDefaultTemplate RSYSLOG_TraditionalFileFormat
|
Rule
Ensure cron Is Logging To Rsyslog
[ref] | Cron logging must be implemented to spot intrusions or trace
cron job status. If cron is not logging to rsyslog , it
can be implemented by adding the following to the RULES section of
/etc/rsyslog.conf :
If the legacy syntax is used:
cron.* /var/log/cron
If the modern syntax (RainerScript) is used:
cron.* action(type="omfile" file="/var/log/cron")
| Rationale: | Cron logging can be used to trace the successful or unsuccessful execution
of cron jobs. It can also be used to spot intrusions into the use of the cron
facility by unauthorized and malicious users. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_cron_logging | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1 | ism | 0988, 1405 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure logging is configured
[ref] | The /etc/rsyslog.conf and /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf files
specifies rules for logging and which files are to be used to log certain
classes of messages. Warning:
This rule does not come with remediation as there is no one way to solve the problem, and
the requirement from CIS specification does not require one particular way, but persuades
the system administrator to perform configuration suitable for the specific environment.
This also means that the OVAL check is too generic, and the user most probably should
perform additional manual verification. | Rationale: | A great deal of important security-related information is sent via
rsyslog (e.g., successful and failed su attempts, failed login attempts,
root login attempts, etc.). | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_logging_configured | |
|
Rule
Ensure remote access methods are monitored in Rsyslog
[ref] | Logging of remote access methods must be implemented to help identify cyber
attacks and ensure ongoing compliance with remote access policies are being
audited and upheld. An examples of a remote access method is the use of the
Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) from an external, non-organization controlled
network. The /etc/rsyslog.conf or
/etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf file should contain a match for the following
selectors: auth.* , authpriv.* , and daemon.* . If
not, use the following as an example configuration:
auth.*;authpriv.* /var/log/secure
daemon.* /var/log/messages
| Rationale: | Logging remote access methods can be used to trace the decrease the risks
associated with remote user access management. It can also be used to spot
cyber attacks and ensure ongoing compliance with organizational policies
surrounding the use of remote access methods. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_remote_access_monitoring | References: | | |
|
Group
Configure rsyslogd to Accept Remote Messages If Acting as a Log Server
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
By default, rsyslog does not listen over the network
for log messages. If needed, modules can be enabled to allow
the rsyslog daemon to receive messages from other systems and for the system
thus to act as a log server.
If the system is not a log server, then lines concerning these modules
should remain commented out.
|
Rule
Enable rsyslog to Accept Messages via TCP, if Acting As Log Server
[ref] | The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages
unless the system acts as a log server.
If the system needs to act as a central log server, add the following lines to
/etc/rsyslog.conf to enable reception of messages over TCP:
$ModLoad imtcp
$InputTCPServerRun 514
| Rationale: | If the system needs to act as a log server, this ensures that it can receive
messages over a reliable TCP connection. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_accept_remote_messages_tcp | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-6(3), AU-6(4) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable rsyslog to Accept Messages via UDP, if Acting As Log Server
[ref] | The rsyslog daemon should not accept remote messages
unless the system acts as a log server.
If the system needs to act as a central log server, add the following lines to
/etc/rsyslog.conf to enable reception of messages over UDP:
$ModLoad imudp
$UDPServerRun 514
| Rationale: | Many devices, such as switches, routers, and other Unix-like systems, may only support
the traditional syslog transmission over UDP. If the system must act as a log server,
this enables it to receive their messages as well. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_accept_remote_messages_udp | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-6(3), AU-6(4) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable rsyslog Service
[ref] | The rsyslog service provides syslog-style logging by default on openEuler 2203.
The rsyslog service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable rsyslog.service
| Rationale: | The rsyslog service must be running in order to provide
logging services, which are essential to system administration. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rsyslog_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.17.2.1 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-4(1) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure rsyslog Default File Permissions Configured
[ref] | rsyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system.
This settings controls what permissions will be applied to these newly
created files. | Rationale: | It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions
to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_rsyslog_filecreatemode | |
|
Group
Network Configuration and Firewalls
Group contains 14 groups and 35 rules |
[ref]
Most systems must be connected to a network of some
sort, and this brings with it the substantial risk of network
attack. This section discusses the security impact of decisions
about networking which must be made when configuring a system.
This section also discusses firewalls, network access
controls, and other network security frameworks, which allow
system-level rules to be written that can limit an attackers' ability
to connect to your system. These rules can specify that network
traffic should be allowed or denied from certain IP addresses,
hosts, and networks. The rules can also specify which of the
system's network services are available to particular hosts or
networks. |
Group
firewalld
Group contains 1 group and 3 rules |
[ref]
The dynamic firewall daemon firewalld provides a
dynamically managed firewall with support for network “zones” to assign
a level of trust to a network and its associated connections and interfaces.
It has support for IPv4 and IPv6 firewall settings. It supports Ethernet
bridges and has a separation of runtime and permanent configuration options.
It also has an interface for services or applications to add firewall rules
directly.
A graphical configuration tool, firewall-config , is used to configure
firewalld , which in turn uses iptables tool to communicate
with Netfilter in the kernel which implements packet filtering.
The firewall service provided by firewalld is dynamic rather than
static because changes to the configuration can be made at anytime and are
immediately implemented. There is no need to save or apply the changes. No
unintended disruption of existing network connections occurs as no part of
the firewall has to be reloaded. |
Group
Inspect and Activate Default firewalld Rules
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Firewalls can be used to separate networks into different zones
based on the level of trust the user has decided to place on the devices and
traffic within that network. NetworkManager informs firewalld to which
zone an interface belongs. An interface's assigned zone can be changed by
NetworkManager or via the firewall-config tool.
The zone settings in /etc/firewalld/ are a range of preset settings
which can be quickly applied to a network interface. These are the zones
provided by firewalld sorted according to the default trust level of the
zones from untrusted to trusted:
drop
Any incoming network packets are dropped, there is no
reply. Only outgoing network connections are possible. block
Any incoming network connections are rejected with an
icmp-host-prohibited message for IPv4 and icmp6-adm-prohibited
for IPv6. Only network connections initiated from within the system are
possible. public
For use in public areas. You do not trust the other
computers on the network to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming
connections are accepted. external
For use on external networks with masquerading enabled
especially for routers. You do not trust the other computers on the network to
not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are accepted. dmz
For computers in your demilitarized zone that are
publicly-accessible with limited access to your internal network. Only selected
incoming connections are accepted. work
For use in work areas. You mostly trust the other computers
on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are
accepted. home
For use in home areas. You mostly trust the other computers
on networks to not harm your computer. Only selected incoming connections are
accepted. internal
For use on internal networks. You mostly trust the
other computers on the networks to not harm your computer. Only selected
incoming connections are accepted. trusted
All network connections are accepted.
It is possible to designate one of these zones to be the default zone. When
interface connections are added to NetworkManager , they are assigned
to the default zone. On installation, the default zone in firewalld is set to
be the public zone.
To find out all the settings of a zone, for example the public zone,
enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
Example output of this command might look like the following:
# firewall-cmd --zone=public --list-all
public
interfaces:
services: mdns dhcpv6-client ssh
ports:
forward-ports:
icmp-blocks: source-quench
To view the network zones currently active, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
The following listing displays the result of this command
on common openEuler 2203 system:
# firewall-cmd --get-service
amanda-client bacula bacula-client dhcp dhcpv6 dhcpv6-client dns ftp
high-availability http https imaps ipp ipp-client ipsec kerberos kpasswd
ldap ldaps libvirt libvirt-tls mdns mountd ms-wbt mysql nfs ntp openvpn
pmcd pmproxy pmwebapi pmwebapis pop3s postgresql proxy-dhcp radius rpc-bind
samba samba-client smtp ssh telnet tftp tftp-client transmission-client
vnc-server wbem-https
Finally to view the network zones that will be active after the next firewalld
service reload, enter the following command as root:
# firewall-cmd --get-service --permanent
|
Rule
Verify firewalld Enabled
[ref] |
The firewalld service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable firewalld.service
| Rationale: | Access control methods provide the ability to enhance system security posture
by restricting services and known good IP addresses and address ranges. This
prevents connections from unknown hosts and protocols. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_firewalld_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.3, 3.4.7 | disa | CCI-000382, CCI-000366, CCI-002314 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4, CIP-003-8 R5, CIP-004-6 R3 | nist | AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000096-GPOS-00050, SRG-OS-000297-GPOS-00115, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00231, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00232 | bsi | SYS.1.6.A5, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.1, 1.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure network interfaces are assigned to appropriate zone
[ref] | Firewall zones define the trust level of network connections or interfaces.
Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in
being locked out of the system. | Rationale: | A network interface not assigned to the appropriate zone can allow unexpected or
undesired network traffic to be accepted on the interface. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_firewalld_appropriate_zone | |
|
Rule
Ensure Unnecessary Services and Ports Are Not Accepted
[ref] | Services and ports can be accepted or explicitly rejected or dropped by a zone.
For every zone, a default behavior can be set that handles incoming traffic that
is not further specified. Such behavior is defined by setting the target of the zone.
The possible options are:
- ACCEPT - accepts all incoming packets except those disabled by a specific rule.
- REJECT - disables all incoming packets except those that have been allowed in
specific rules and the source machine is informed about the rejection.
- DROP - disables all incoming packets except those that have been allowed in
specific rules and no information sent to the source machine. | Rationale: | To reduce the attack surface of a system, all services and ports should be blocked unless
required. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_unnecessary_firewalld_services_ports_disabled | |
|
Group
iptables and ip6tables
Group contains 2 groups and 6 rules |
[ref]
A host-based firewall called netfilter is included as
part of the Linux kernel distributed with the system. It is
activated by default. This firewall is controlled by the program
iptables , and the entire capability is frequently referred to by
this name. An analogous program called ip6tables handles filtering
for IPv6.
Unlike TCP Wrappers, which depends on the network server
program to support and respect the rules written, netfilter
filtering occurs at the kernel level, before a program can even
process the data from the network packet. As such, any program on
the system is affected by the rules written.
This section provides basic information about strengthening
the iptables and ip6tables configurations included with the system.
For more complete information that may allow the construction of a
sophisticated ruleset tailored to your environment, please consult
the references at the end of this section. |
Group
Inspect and Activate Default Rules
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
View the currently-enforced iptables rules by running
the command:
$ sudo iptables -nL --line-numbers
The command is analogous for ip6tables .
If the firewall does not appear to be active (i.e., no rules
appear), activate it and ensure that it starts at boot by issuing
the following commands (and analogously for ip6tables ):
$ sudo service iptables restart
The default iptables rules are:
Chain INPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num target prot opt source destination
1 ACCEPT all -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 state RELATED,ESTABLISHED
2 ACCEPT icmp -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0
3 ACCEPT all -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0
4 ACCEPT tcp -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 state NEW tcp dpt:22
5 REJECT all -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 reject-with icmp-host-prohibited
Chain FORWARD (policy ACCEPT)
num target prot opt source destination
1 REJECT all -- 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 reject-with icmp-host-prohibited
Chain OUTPUT (policy ACCEPT)
num target prot opt source destination
The ip6tables default rules are essentially the same. |
Rule
Verify ip6tables Enabled if Using IPv6
[ref] |
The ip6tables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ip6tables.service
| Rationale: | The ip6tables service provides the system's host-based firewalling
capability for IPv6 and ICMPv6. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_ip6tables_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4, CIP-003-8 R5, CIP-004-6 R3 | nist | AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify iptables Enabled
[ref] |
The iptables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable iptables.service
| Rationale: | The iptables service provides the system's host-based firewalling
capability for IPv4 and ICMP. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_iptables_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4, CIP-003-8 R5, CIP-004-6 R3 | nist | AC-4, CM-7(b), CA-3(5), SC-7(21), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 |
| |
|
Rule
Set configuration for IPv6 loopback traffic
[ref] | Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic.
Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback
network. Warning:
Changing firewall settings while connected over network can
result in being locked out of the system. | Rationale: | Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is
typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface
is the only place that loopback network traffic should be seen,
all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an
anti-spoofing measure. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_ipv6_loopback_traffic | References: | | |
|
Rule
Set configuration for loopback traffic
[ref] | Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic.
Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback
network. Warning:
Changing firewall settings while connected over network can
result in being locked out of the system. | Rationale: | Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is
typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface
is the only place that loopback network traffic should be seen, all
other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an
anti-spoofing measure. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_loopback_traffic | References: | | |
|
Group
Strengthen the Default Ruleset
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The default rules can be strengthened. The system
scripts that activate the firewall rules expect them to be defined
in the configuration files iptables and ip6tables in the directory
/etc/sysconfig . Many of the lines in these files are similar
to the command line arguments that would be provided to the programs
/sbin/iptables or /sbin/ip6tables - but some are quite
different.
The following recommendations describe how to strengthen the
default ruleset configuration file. An alternative to editing this
configuration file is to create a shell script that makes calls to
the iptables program to load in rules, and then invokes service
iptables save to write those loaded rules to
/etc/sysconfig/iptables.
The following alterations can be made directly to
/etc/sysconfig/iptables and /etc/sysconfig/ip6tables .
Instructions apply to both unless otherwise noted. Language and address
conventions for regular iptables are used throughout this section;
configuration for ip6tables will be either analogous or explicitly
covered. Warning:
The program system-config-securitylevel
allows additional services to penetrate the default firewall rules
and automatically adjusts /etc/sysconfig/iptables . This program
is only useful if the default ruleset meets your security
requirements. Otherwise, this program should not be used to make
changes to the firewall configuration because it re-writes the
saved configuration file. |
Rule
Set Default iptables Policy for Incoming Packets
[ref] | To set the default policy to DROP (instead of ACCEPT) for
the built-in INPUT chain which processes incoming packets,
add or correct the following line in
/etc/sysconfig/iptables :
:INPUT DROP [0:0]
| Rationale: | In iptables the default policy is applied only after all
the applicable rules in the table are examined for a match. Setting the
default policy to DROP implements proper design for a firewall, i.e.
any packets which are not explicitly permitted should not be
accepted. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_iptables_default_rule | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CA-3(5), CM-7(b), SC-7(23), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure Outbound and Established Connections are Configured
[ref] | Configure the firewall rules for new outbound and established connections. Warning:
Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being
locked out of the system. | Rationale: | If rules are not in place for new outbound, and established connections all packets will
be dropped by the default policy preventing network usage. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_iptables_outbound_n_established | |
|
Group
IPv6
Group contains 1 group and 4 rules |
[ref]
The system includes support for Internet Protocol
version 6. A major and often-mentioned improvement over IPv4 is its
enormous increase in the number of available addresses. Another
important feature is its support for automatic configuration of
many network settings. |
Group
Configure IPv6 Settings if Necessary
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
A major feature of IPv6 is the extent to which systems
implementing it can automatically configure their networking
devices using information from the network. From a security
perspective, manually configuring important configuration
information is preferable to accepting it from the network
in an unauthenticated fashion. |
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R13 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv6 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R13 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for IPv6 Forwarding
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.all.forwarding = 0
| Rationale: | IP forwarding permits the kernel to forward packets from one network
interface to another. The ability to forward packets between two networks is
only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_all_forwarding | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv6 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv6.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can
be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the
forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and
the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv6 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv6_conf_default_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 4, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), CM-6(b), CM-6.1(iv) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R13 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| |
|
Group
Kernel Parameters Which Affect Networking
Group contains 2 groups and 15 rules |
[ref]
The sysctl utility is used to set
parameters which affect the operation of the Linux kernel. Kernel parameters
which affect networking and have security implications are described here. |
Group
Network Related Kernel Runtime Parameters for Hosts and Routers
Group contains 12 rules |
[ref]
Certain kernel parameters should be set for systems which are
acting as either hosts or routers to improve the system's ability defend
against certain types of IPv4 protocol attacks. |
Rule
Disable Accepting ICMP Redirects for All IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the
host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect
message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.
This feature of the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate uses. It should be
disabled unless absolutely required." | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement
applies only to the forwarding of source-routerd traffic, such as when IPv4
forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.log_martians = 1
| Rationale: | The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses)
as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a
sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity
to be detected. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_log_martians | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter = 1
| Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_rp_filter | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.secure_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_secure_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001503, CCI-001551 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Accepting Source-Routed Packets on IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.accept_source_route = 0
| Rationale: | Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers
forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router,
which can be used to bypass network security measures.
Accepting source-routed packets in the IPv4 protocol has few legitimate
uses. It should be disabled unless it is absolutely required, such as when
IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is legitimately functioning as a
router. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_accept_source_route | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Paremeter to Log Martian Packets on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.log_martians = 1
| Rationale: | The presence of "martian" packets (which have impossible addresses)
as well as spoofed packets, source-routed packets, and redirects could be a
sign of nefarious network activity. Logging these packets enables this activity
to be detected. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_log_martians | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(3)(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.AC-3, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use Reverse Path Filtering on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.rp_filter = 1
| Rationale: | Enabling reverse path filtering drops packets with source addresses
that should not have been able to be received on the interface they were
received on. It should not be used on systems which are routers for
complicated networks, but is helpful for end hosts and routers serving small
networks. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_rp_filter | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure Kernel Parameter for Accepting Secure Redirects By Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.secure_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | Accepting "secure" ICMP redirects (from those gateways listed as
default gateways) has few legitimate uses. It should be disabled unless it is
absolutely required. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_secure_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001551 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore ICMP Broadcast Echo Requests on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts = 1
| Rationale: | Responding to broadcast (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping
and provides a vector for amplification attacks.
Ignoring ICMP echo requests (pings) sent to broadcast or multicast
addresses makes the system slightly more difficult to enumerate on the network. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5 | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Ignore Bogus ICMP Error Responses on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses = 1
| Rationale: | Ignoring bogus ICMP error responses reduces
log size, although some activity would not be logged. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_icmp_ignore_bogus_error_responses | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5 | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss | Req-1.4.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Use TCP Syncookies on Network Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.tcp_syncookies = 1
| Rationale: | A TCP SYN flood attack can cause a denial of service by filling a
system's TCP connection table with connections in the SYN_RCVD state.
Syncookies can be used to track a connection when a subsequent ACK is received,
verifying the initiator is attempting a valid connection and is not a flood
source. This feature is activated when a flood condition is detected, and
enables the system to continue servicing valid connection requests. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_tcp_syncookies | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-001095, CCI-000366, CCI-002385 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5(1), SC-5(2), SC-5(3)(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.4.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227, SRG-OS-000420-GPOS-00186, SRG-OS-000142-GPOS-00071 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Group
Network Parameters for Hosts Only
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
If the system is not going to be used as a router, then setting certain
kernel parameters ensure that the host will not perform routing
of network traffic. |
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.all.send_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_all_send_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.5, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for Sending ICMP Redirects on all IPv4 Interfaces by Default
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.conf.default.send_redirects = 0
| Rationale: | ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more
direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information
from the system's route table possibly revealing portions of the network topology.
The ability to send ICMP redirects is only appropriate for systems acting as routers. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_conf_default_send_redirects | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, DE.CM-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-5, PR.DS-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.5, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable Kernel Parameter for IP Forwarding on IPv4 Interfaces
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the net.ipv4.ip_forward kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0
Warning:
Certain technologies such as virtual machines, containers, etc. rely on IPv4 forwarding to enable and use networking.
Disabling IPv4 forwarding would cause those technologies to stop working. Therefore, this rule should not be used in
profiles or benchmarks that target usage of IPv4 forwarding. | Rationale: | Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange
network topology information with other routers. If this capability is used when
not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across
the network. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_net_ipv4_ip_forward | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI04.04, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.20 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.1.3, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.17.2.1, A.9.1.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-007-3 R4, CIP-007-3 R4.1, CIP-007-3 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), SC-5, CM-6(a), SC-7(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, PR.DS-4, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.3.1, Req-1.3.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R12 | pcidss4 | 1.4.3, 1.4 |
| |
|
Group
nftables
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
If firewalld or iptables are being used in your environment, please follow the guidance in their
respective section and pass-over the guidance in this section.
nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network
packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables. The biggest change with the
successor nftables is its simplicity. With iptables, we have to configure every single rule and
use the syntax which can be compared with normal commands. With nftables, the simpler
syntax, much like BPF (Berkely Packet Filter) means shorter lines and less repetition.
Support for nftables should also be compiled into the kernel, together with the related
nftables modules.
It is available in Linux kernels >= 3.13. Please ensure that your kernel
supports nftables before choosing this option.
|
Rule
Verify nftables Service is Enabled
[ref] | The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot,
or starting on the nftables service
The nftables service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable nftables.service
| Rationale: | The nftables service restores the nftables rules from the rules files referenced
in the /etc/sysconfig/nftables.conf file during boot or the starting of
the nftables service | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_nftables_enabled | |
|
Rule
Ensure nftables Default Deny Firewall Policy
[ref] | Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of
the chain. There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept,
the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will
continue traversing the network stack.
{% if 'ubuntu' in product %}
Run the following commands and verify that base chains contain a policy of DROP.
$ nft list ruleset | grep 'hook input'
type filter hook input priority 0; policy drop;
$ nft list ruleset | grep 'hook forward'
type filter hook forward priority 0; policy drop;
$ nft list ruleset | grep 'hook output'
type filter hook output priority 0; policy drop;
Warning:
Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out
of the system. | Rationale: | It is easier to allow acceptable usage than to block unacceptable usage.
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_nftables_ensure_default_deny_policy | References: | | |
|
Rule
Set nftables Configuration for Loopback Traffic
[ref] | Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic.
Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback
network. Warning:
Changing firewall settings while connected over network can
result in being locked out of the system.
Keep in mind the remediation makes changes only to the running
system, in order to keep the changes need to take care to save
the nft settings to the relvant configutation files. | Rationale: | Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is
typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface
is the only place that loopback network traffic should be seen,
all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an
anti-spoofing measure. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_nftables_loopback_traffic | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure all outbound and established connections are configured for nftables
[ref] | Configure the nftables firewall rules for new outbound and established connections | Rationale: | If rules are not in place for new outbound and established connections, all packets
will be dropped by the default policy preventing network usage. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_set_nftables_new_connections | |
|
Group
Uncommon Network Protocols
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The system includes support for several network protocols which are not commonly used.
Although security vulnerabilities in kernel networking code are not frequently discovered,
the consequences can be dramatic. Ensuring uncommon network protocols are disabled
reduces the system's risk to attacks targeted at its implementation of those protocols. Warning:
Although these protocols are not commonly used, avoid disruption
in your network environment by ensuring they are not needed
prior to disabling them. |
Rule
Disable SCTP Support
[ref] | The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is a
transport layer protocol, designed to support the idea of
message-oriented communication, with several streams of messages
within one connection.
To configure the system to prevent the sctp
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/sctp.conf :
install sctp /bin/false
| Rationale: | Disabling SCTP protects
the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_sctp_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.10.1 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.4.6 | disa | CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss | Req-1.4.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 1.4.2, 1.4 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable TIPC Support
[ref] | The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol
is designed to provide communications between nodes in a
cluster.
To configure the system to prevent the tipc
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/tipc.conf :
install tipc /bin/false
Warning:
This configuration baseline was created to deploy the base operating system for general purpose
workloads. When the operating system is configured for certain purposes, such as
a node in High Performance Computing cluster, it is expected that
the tipc kernel module will be loaded. | Rationale: | Disabling TIPC protects
the system against exploitation of any flaws in its implementation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_tipc_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000381 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FMT_SMF_EXT.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 |
| |
|
Group
Wireless Networking
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
Wireless networking, such as 802.11
(WiFi) and Bluetooth, can present a security risk to sensitive or
classified systems and networks. Wireless networking hardware is
much more likely to be included in laptop or portable systems than
in desktops or servers.
Removal of hardware provides the greatest assurance that the wireless
capability remains disabled. Acquisition policies often include provisions to
prevent the purchase of equipment that will be used in sensitive spaces and
includes wireless capabilities. If it is impractical to remove the wireless
hardware, and policy permits the device to enter sensitive spaces as long
as wireless is disabled, efforts should instead focus on disabling wireless capability
via software. |
Group
Disable Wireless Through Software Configuration
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
If it is impossible to remove the wireless hardware
from the device in question, disable as much of it as possible
through software. The following methods can disable software
support for wireless networking, but note that these methods do not
prevent malicious software or careless users from re-activating the
devices. |
Rule
Deactivate Wireless Network Interfaces
[ref] | Deactivating wireless network interfaces should prevent normal usage of the wireless
capability.
Configure the system to disable all wireless network interfaces with the following command:
$ sudo nmcli radio all off
| Rationale: | The use of wireless networking can introduce many different attack vectors into
the organization's network. Common attack vectors such as malicious association
and ad hoc networks will allow an attacker to spoof a wireless access point
(AP), allowing validated systems to connect to the malicious AP and enabling the
attacker to monitor and record network traffic. These malicious APs can also
serve to create a man-in-the-middle attack or be used to create a denial of
service to valid network resources. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_wireless_disable_interfaces | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.16 | disa | CCI-001443, CCI-001444, CCI-002421, CCI-002418 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | ism | 1315, 1319 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | AC-18(a), AC-18(3), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-1.3.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000299-GPOS-00117, SRG-OS-000300-GPOS-00118, SRG-OS-000424-GPOS-00188, SRG-OS-000481-GPOS-000481 | pcidss4 | 1.3.3, 1.3 |
| |
|
Group
File Permissions and Masks
Group contains 6 groups and 40 rules |
[ref]
Traditional Unix security relies heavily on file and
directory permissions to prevent unauthorized users from reading or
modifying files to which they should not have access.
Several of the commands in this section search filesystems
for files or directories with certain characteristics, and are
intended to be run on every local partition on a given system.
When the variable PART appears in one of the commands below,
it means that the command is intended to be run repeatedly, with the
name of each local partition substituted for PART in turn.
The following command prints a list of all xfs partitions on the local
system, which is the default filesystem for openEuler 2203
installations:
$ mount -t xfs | awk '{print $3}'
For any systems that use a different
local filesystem type, modify this command as appropriate. |
Group
Verify Permissions on Important Files and
Directories
Group contains 1 group and 32 rules |
[ref]
Permissions for many files on a system must be set
restrictively to ensure sensitive information is properly protected.
This section discusses important
permission restrictions which can be verified
to ensure that no harmful discrepancies have
arisen. |
Group
Verify Permissions on Files with Local Account Information and Credentials
Group contains 24 rules |
[ref]
The default restrictive permissions for files which act as
important security databases such as passwd , shadow ,
group , and gshadow files must be maintained. Many utilities
need read access to the passwd file in order to function properly, but
read access to the shadow file allows malicious attacks against system
passwords, and should never be enabled. |
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns Backup group File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/group- , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/group-
| Rationale: | The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group , and as such,
it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_group | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns Backup gshadow File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow- , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow , and as such,
it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_gshadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns Backup passwd File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd- , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd-
| Rationale: | The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd , and as such,
it contains information about the users that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_passwd | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns Backup shadow File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow- , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/shadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow , and as such,
it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_backup_etc_shadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns group File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/group , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/group
| Rationale: | The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured
on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_group | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns gshadow File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/gshadow , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/gshadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_gshadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns passwd File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/passwd , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/passwd
| Rationale: | The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on
the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_passwd | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns shadow File
[ref] | To properly set the group owner of /etc/shadow , run the command: $ sudo chgrp root /etc/shadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow file stores password hashes. Protection of this file is
critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_etc_shadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns Backup group File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/group- , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/group-
| Rationale: | The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group , and as such,
it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_group | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns Backup gshadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow- , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow , and as such,
it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_gshadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns Backup passwd File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd- , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/passwd-
| Rationale: | The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd , and as such,
it contains information about the users that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_passwd | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns Backup shadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow- , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/shadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow , and as such,
it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_backup_etc_shadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns group File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/group , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/group
| Rationale: | The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured
on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_group | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns gshadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/gshadow , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/gshadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_gshadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns passwd File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/passwd , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/passwd
| Rationale: | The /etc/passwd file contains information about the users that are configured on
the system. Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_passwd | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns shadow File
[ref] | To properly set the owner of /etc/shadow , run the command: $ sudo chown root /etc/shadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local
system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is
critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file
to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information
which could weaken the system security posture. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_etc_shadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on Backup group File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/group- , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/group-
| Rationale: | The /etc/group- file is a backup file of /etc/group , and as such,
it contains information regarding groups that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_group | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on Backup gshadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow- , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow- file is a backup of /etc/gshadow , and as such,
it contains group password hashes. Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_gshadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on Backup passwd File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd- , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd-
| Rationale: | The /etc/passwd- file is a backup file of /etc/passwd , and as such,
it contains information about the users that are configured on the system.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_passwd | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on Backup shadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow- , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/shadow-
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow- file is a backup file of /etc/shadow , and as such,
it contains the list of local system accounts and password hashes.
Protection of this file is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_backup_etc_shadow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on group File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/group , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/group
| Rationale: | The /etc/group file contains information regarding groups that are configured
on the system. Protection of this file is important for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_group | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on gshadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/gshadow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/gshadow file contains group password hashes. Protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_gshadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on passwd File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/passwd , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0644 /etc/passwd
| Rationale: | If the /etc/passwd file is writable by a group-owner or the
world the risk of its compromise is increased. The file contains the list of
accounts on the system and associated information, and protection of this file
is critical for system security. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_passwd | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on shadow File
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/shadow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0000 /etc/shadow
| Rationale: | The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local
system accounts and stores password hashes. Protection of this file is
critical for system security. Failure to give ownership of this file
to root provides the designated owner with access to sensitive information
which could weaken the system security posture. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_etc_shadow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.2.2 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | pcidss | Req-8.7.c | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R50 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify that All World-Writable Directories Have Sticky Bits Set
[ref] | When the so-called 'sticky bit' is set on a directory, only the owner of a given file may
remove that file from the directory. Without the sticky bit, any user with write access to a
directory may remove any file in the directory. Setting the sticky bit prevents users from
removing each other's files. In cases where there is no reason for a directory to be
world-writable, a better solution is to remove that permission rather than to set the sticky
bit. However, if a directory is used by a particular application, consult that application's
documentation instead of blindly changing modes.
To set the sticky bit on a world-writable directory DIR, run the following command:
$ sudo chmod +t DIR
Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of directories present on the system. It is
not a problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of directories can
be affected. See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Failing to set the sticky bit on public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files
in the directory structure.
The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the
system, or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved
for directories used by the system, by users for temporary file storage (such as /tmp ),
and for directories requiring global read/write access. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_dir_perms_world_writable_sticky_bits | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-001090 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | anssi | R54 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All SGID Executables Are Authorized
[ref] | The SGID (set group id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized
means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SGID files is determine if any were
not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the
origin of any unpackaged SGID files. This configuration check considers authorized SGID files
those which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to
install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the
software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SGID file not deployed
through an RPM will be flagged for further review. Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Executable files with the SGID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file.
SGID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges.
The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_sgid | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | anssi | R56 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All SUID Executables Are Authorized
[ref] | The SUID (set user id) bit should be set only on files that were installed via authorized
means. A straightforward means of identifying unauthorized SUID files is determine if any were
not installed as part of an RPM package, which is cryptographically verified. Investigate the
origin of any unpackaged SUID files. This configuration check considers authorized SUID files
those which were installed via RPM. It is assumed that when an individual has sudo access to
install an RPM and all packages are signed with an organizationally-recognized GPG key, the
software should be considered an approved package on the system. Any SUID file not deployed
through an RPM will be flagged for further review. Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Executable files with the SUID permission run with the privileges of the owner of the file.
SUID files of uncertain provenance could allow for unprivileged users to elevate privileges.
The presence of these files should be strictly controlled on the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_suid | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | anssi | R56 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure No World-Writable Files Exist
[ref] | It is generally a good idea to remove global (other) write access to a file when it is
discovered. However, check with documentation for specific applications before making changes.
Also, monitor for recurring world-writable files, as these may be symptoms of a misconfigured
application or user account. Finally, this applies to real files and not virtual files that
are a part of pseudo file systems such as sysfs or procfs . Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Data in world-writable files can be modified by any user on the system. In almost all
circumstances, files can be configured using a combination of user and group permissions to
support whatever legitimate access is needed without the risk caused by world-writable files. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_unauthorized_world_writable | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | anssi | R54 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All Files Are Owned by a Group
[ref] | If any file is not group-owned by a valid defined group, the cause of the lack of
group-ownership must be investigated. Following this, those files should be deleted or
assigned to an appropriate group. The groups need to be defined in /etc/group
or in /usr/lib/group if nss-altfiles are configured to be used
in /etc/nsswitch.conf .
Locate the mount points related to local devices by the following command:
$ findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,)
For all mount points listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for files which
do not belong to a valid group using the following command:
$ sudo find MOUNTPOINT -xdev -nogroup 2>/dev/null
Warning:
This rule only considers local groups as valid groups.
If you have your groups defined outside /etc/group or /usr/lib/group , the rule won't consider those. Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that
something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or
draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account, or
other similar cases. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when
accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_ungroupowned | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R53 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure All Files Are Owned by a User
[ref] | If any files are not owned by a user, then the cause of their lack of ownership should be
investigated. Following this, the files should be deleted or assigned to an appropriate user.
Locate the mount points related to local devices by the following command:
$ findmnt -n -l -k -it $(awk '/nodev/ { print $2 }' /proc/filesystems | paste -sd,)
For all mount points listed by the previous command, it is necessary to search for files which
do not belong to a valid user using the following command:
$ sudo find MOUNTPOINT -xdev -nouser 2>/dev/null
Warning:
For this rule to evaluate centralized user accounts, getent must be working properly
so that running the command getent passwd returns a list of all users in your organization.
If using the System Security Services Daemon (SSSD), enumerate = true must be configured
in your organization's domain to return a complete list of users Warning:
This rule can take a long time to perform the check and might consume a considerable
amount of resources depending on the number of files present on the system. It is not a
problem in most cases, but especially systems with a large number of files can be affected.
See https://access.redhat.com/articles/6999111 . | Rationale: | Unowned files do not directly imply a security problem, but they are generally a sign that
something is amiss. They may be caused by an intruder, by incorrect software installation or
draft software removal, or by failure to remove all files belonging to a deleted account, or
other similar cases. The files should be repaired so they will not cause problems when
accounts are created in the future, and the cause should be discovered and addressed. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_no_files_unowned_by_user | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R53 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Hardlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_hardlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_hardlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_hardlinks = 1
| Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, users can no longer create soft or hard links to
files which they do not own. Disallowing such hardlinks mitigate vulnerabilities
based on insecure file system accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an
exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of open() or creat() . | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_hardlinks | References: | disa | CCI-002235, CCI-002165 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | anssi | R14 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Kernel Parameter to Enforce DAC on Symlinks
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the fs.protected_symlinks kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w fs.protected_symlinks=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : fs.protected_symlinks = 1
| Rationale: | By enabling this kernel parameter, symbolic links are permitted to be followed
only when outside a sticky world-writable directory, or when the UID of the
link and follower match, or when the directory owner matches the symlink's owner.
Disallowing such symlinks helps mitigate vulnerabilities based on insecure file system
accessed by privileged programs, avoiding an exploitation vector exploiting unsafe use of
open() or creat() . | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_fs_protected_symlinks | References: | disa | CCI-002235, CCI-002165 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00122, SRG-OS-000312-GPOS-00123, SRG-OS-000324-GPOS-00125 | anssi | R14 |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Dynamic Mounting and Unmounting of
Filesystems
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Linux includes a number of facilities for the automated addition
and removal of filesystems on a running system. These facilities may be
necessary in many environments, but this capability also carries some risk -- whether direct
risk from allowing users to introduce arbitrary filesystems,
or risk that software flaws in the automated mount facility itself could
allow an attacker to compromise the system.
This command can be used to list the types of filesystems that are
available to the currently executing kernel:
$ find /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/fs -type f -name '*.ko'
If these filesystems are not required then they can be explicitly disabled
in a configuratio file in /etc/modprobe.d . |
Rule
Disable Modprobe Loading of USB Storage Driver
[ref] | To prevent USB storage devices from being used, configure the kernel module loading system
to prevent automatic loading of the USB storage driver.
To configure the system to prevent the usb-storage
kernel module from being loaded, add the following line to the file /etc/modprobe.d/usb-storage.conf :
install usb-storage /bin/false
This will prevent the modprobe program from loading the usb-storage
module, but will not prevent an administrator (or another program) from using the
insmod program to load the module manually. | Rationale: | USB storage devices such as thumb drives can be used to introduce
malicious software. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_kernel_module_usb-storage_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5 | cobit5 | APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.21 | disa | CCI-000778, CCI-001958, CCI-003959 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(3)(i), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.310(d)(1), 164.310(d)(2), 164.312(a)(1), 164.312(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(b) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.18.1.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000114-GPOS-00059, SRG-OS-000378-GPOS-00163, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000141-CTR-000315 | pcidss4 | 3.4.2, 3.4 |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Partition Mount Options
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
System partitions can be mounted with certain options
that limit what files on those partitions can do. These options
are set in the /etc/fstab configuration file, and can be
used to make certain types of malicious behavior more difficult. |
Rule
Add nodev Option to Removable Media Partitions
[ref] | The nodev mount option prevents files from being
interpreted as character or block devices.
Legitimate character and block devices should exist only in
the /dev directory on the root partition or within chroot
jails built for system services.
Add the nodev option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
any removable media partitions. | Rationale: | The only legitimate location for device files is the /dev directory
located on the root partition. An exception to this is chroot jails, and it is
not advised to set nodev on partitions which contain their root
filesystems. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_nodev_removable_partitions | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Add noexec Option to Removable Media Partitions
[ref] | The noexec mount option prevents the direct execution of binaries
on the mounted filesystem. Preventing the direct execution of binaries from
removable media (such as a USB key) provides a defense against malicious
software that may be present on such untrusted media.
Add the noexec option to the fourth column of
/etc/fstab for the line which controls mounting of
any removable media partitions. | Rationale: | Allowing users to execute binaries from removable media such as USB keys exposes
the system to potential compromise. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_mount_option_noexec_removable_partitions | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.06, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.11.2.9, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.8.2.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.8.3.1, A.8.3.3, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-6, AC-6(1), MP-7 | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-2, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Group
Restrict Programs from Dangerous Execution Patterns
Group contains 1 group and 5 rules |
[ref]
The recommendations in this section are designed to
ensure that the system's features to protect against potentially
dangerous program execution are activated.
These protections are applied at the system initialization or
kernel level, and defend against certain types of badly-configured
or compromised programs. |
Group
Enable ExecShield
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
ExecShield describes kernel features that provide
protection against exploitation of memory corruption errors such as buffer
overflows. These features include random placement of the stack and other
memory regions, prevention of execution in memory that should only hold data,
and special handling of text buffers. These protections are enabled by default
on 32-bit systems and controlled through sysctl variables
kernel.exec-shield and kernel.randomize_va_space . On the latest
64-bit systems, kernel.exec-shield cannot be enabled or disabled with
sysctl . |
Rule
Restrict Exposed Kernel Pointer Addresses Access
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.kptr_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.kptr_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.kptr_restrict = 1
| Rationale: | Exposing kernel pointers (through procfs or seq_printf() ) exposes kernel
writeable structures which may contain functions pointers. If a write vulnerability
occurs in the kernel, allowing write access to any of this structure, the kernel can
be compromised. This option disallow any program without the CAP_SYSLOG capability
to get the addresses of kernel pointers by replacing them with 0. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_kptr_restrict | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002824, CCI-001082 | nerc-cip | CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4 | nist | SC-30, SC-30(2), SC-30(5), CM-6(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00192, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R9 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Randomized Layout of Virtual Address Space
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.randomize_va_space kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.randomize_va_space=2
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.randomize_va_space = 2
| Rationale: | Address space layout randomization (ASLR) makes it more difficult for an
attacker to predict the location of attack code they have introduced into a
process's address space during an attempt at exploitation. Additionally,
ASLR makes it more difficult for an attacker to know the location of
existing code in order to re-purpose it using return oriented programming
(ROP) techniques. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_randomize_va_space | References: | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-002824 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | nerc-cip | CIP-002-5 R1.1, CIP-002-5 R1.2, CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 4.1, CIP-004-6 4.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.4, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R4, CIP-005-6 R1, CIP-005-6 R1.1, CIP-005-6 R1.2, CIP-007-3 R3, CIP-007-3 R3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3, CIP-007-3 R8.4, CIP-009-6 R.1.1, CIP-009-6 R4 | nist | SC-30, SC-30(2), CM-6(a) | pcidss | Req-2.2.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000433-GPOS-00193, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000450-CTR-001105 | anssi | R9 | pcidss4 | 3.3.1.1, 3.3.1, 3.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Restrict Access to Kernel Message Buffer
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.dmesg_restrict kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.dmesg_restrict=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.dmesg_restrict = 1
| Rationale: | Unprivileged access to the kernel syslog can expose sensitive kernel
address information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_dmesg_restrict | References: | cui | 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-001082, CCI-001090 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | nist | SI-11(a), SI-11(b) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000138-GPOS-00069 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000243-CTR-000600 | anssi | R9 |
| |
|
Rule
Disallow magic SysRq key
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.sysrq kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.sysrq=0
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.sysrq = 0
| Rationale: | The Magic SysRq key allows sending certain commands directly to the running
kernel. It can dump various system and process information, potentially
revealing sensitive information. It can also reboot or shutdown the machine,
disturbing its availability. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_sysrq | References: | | |
|
Rule
Restrict usage of ptrace to descendant processes
[ref] | To set the runtime status of the kernel.yama.ptrace_scope kernel parameter, run the following command: $ sudo sysctl -w kernel.yama.ptrace_scope=1
To make sure that the setting is persistent, add the following line to a file in the directory /etc/sysctl.d : kernel.yama.ptrace_scope = 1
| Rationale: | Unrestricted usage of ptrace allows compromised binaries to run ptrace
on another processes of the user. Like this, the attacker can steal
sensitive information from the target processes (e.g. SSH sessions, web browser, ...)
without any additional assistance from the user (i.e. without resorting to phishing).
| Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sysctl_kernel_yama_ptrace_scope | References: | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-001082 | nist | SC-7(10) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000132-GPOS-00067, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R11 |
| |
|
Group
SELinux
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
SELinux is a feature of the Linux kernel which can be
used to guard against misconfigured or compromised programs.
SELinux enforces the idea that programs should be limited in what
files they can access and what actions they can take.
The default SELinux policy, as configured on openEuler 2203, has been
sufficiently developed and debugged that it should be usable on
almost any system with minimal configuration and a small
amount of system administrator training. This policy prevents
system services - including most of the common network-visible
services such as mail servers, FTP servers, and DNS servers - from
accessing files which those services have no valid reason to
access. This action alone prevents a huge amount of possible damage
from network attacks against services, from trojaned software, and
so forth.
This guide recommends that SELinux be enabled using the
default (targeted) policy on every openEuler 2203 system, unless that
system has unusual requirements which make a stronger policy
appropriate. |
Rule
Ensure No Daemons are Unconfined by SELinux
[ref] | Daemons for which the SELinux policy does not contain rules will inherit the
context of the parent process. Because daemons are launched during
startup and descend from the init process, they inherit the unconfined_service_t context.
To check for unconfined daemons, run the following command:
$ sudo ps -eZ | grep "unconfined_service_t"
It should produce no output in a well-configured system. Warning:
Automatic remediation of this control is not available. Remediation
can be achieved by amending SELinux policy or stopping the unconfined
daemons as outlined above. | Rationale: | Daemons which run with the unconfined_service_t context may cause AVC denials,
or allow privileges that the daemon does not require. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_confinement_of_daemons | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 6, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO11.04, BAI03.05, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.06, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.1.5, 3.7.2 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), AC-3(3)(a), AC-6 | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss4 | 1.2.6, 1.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure SELinux Policy
[ref] | The SELinux targeted policy is appropriate for
general-purpose desktops and servers, as well as systems in many other roles.
To configure the system to use this policy, add or correct the following line
in /etc/selinux/config :
SELINUXTYPE=targeted
Other policies, such as mls , provide additional security labeling
and greater confinement but are not compatible with many general-purpose
use cases. | Rationale: | Setting the SELinux policy to targeted or a more specialized policy
ensures the system will confine processes that are likely to be
targeted for exploitation, such as network or system services.
Note: During the development or debugging of SELinux modules, it is common to
temporarily place non-production systems in permissive mode. In such
temporary cases, SELinux policies should be developed, and once work
is completed, the system should be reconfigured to
targeted . | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_policytype | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.7.2 | disa | CCI-002696 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000233-CTR-000585 | anssi | R46, R64 | bsi | APP.4.4.A4, SYS.1.6.A3, SYS.1.6.A18, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.6, 1.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure SELinux State is Enforcing
[ref] | The SELinux state should be set to enforcing at
system boot time. In the file /etc/selinux/config , add or correct the
following line to configure the system to boot into enforcing mode:
SELINUX=enforcing
| Rationale: | Setting the SELinux state to enforcing ensures SELinux is able to confine
potentially compromised processes to the security policy, which is designed to
prevent them from causing damage to the system or further elevating their
privileges. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_selinux_state | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO11.04, APO13.01, BAI03.05, DSS01.05, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.2, 3.7.2 | disa | CCI-002696, CCI-001084 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3), 164.308(a)(4), 164.310(b), 164.310(c), 164.312(a), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.4, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.4, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4, 4.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.2, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.2, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.2, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-3, AC-3(3)(a), AU-9, SC-7(21) | nist-csf | DE.AE-1, ID.AM-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-5, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000445-GPOS-00199, SRG-OS-000134-GPOS-00068 | anssi | R37, R79 | bsi | APP.4.4.A4, SYS.1.6.A3, SYS.1.6.A18, SYS.1.6.A21 | pcidss4 | 1.2.6, 1.2 |
| |
|
Group
Services
Group contains 33 groups and 71 rules |
[ref]
The best protection against vulnerable software is running less software. This section describes how to review
the software which openEuler 2203 installs on a system and disable software which is not needed. It
then enumerates the software packages installed on a default openEuler 2203 system and provides guidance about which
ones can be safely disabled.
openEuler 2203 provides a convenient minimal install option that essentially installs the bare necessities for a functional
system. When building openEuler 2203 systems, it is highly recommended to select the minimal packages and then build up
the system from there. |
Group
Avahi Server
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The Avahi daemon implements the DNS Service Discovery
and Multicast DNS protocols, which provide service and host
discovery on a network. It allows a system to automatically
identify resources on the network, such as printers or web servers.
This capability is also known as mDNSresponder and is a major part
of Zeroconf networking. |
Group
Disable Avahi Server if Possible
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network
port, it is subject to network attacks.
Disabling it can reduce the system's vulnerability to such attacks. |
Rule
Disable Avahi Server Software
[ref] |
The avahi-daemon service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now avahi-daemon.service
| Rationale: | Because the Avahi daemon service keeps an open network
port, it is subject to network attacks. Its functionality
is convenient but is only appropriate if the local network
can be trusted. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_avahi-daemon_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Group
Cron and At Daemons
Group contains 1 group and 27 rules |
[ref]
The cron and at services are used to allow commands to
be executed at a later time. The cron service is required by almost
all systems to perform necessary maintenance tasks, while at may or
may not be required on a given system. Both daemons should be
configured defensively. |
Group
Restrict at and cron to Authorized Users if Necessary
Group contains 8 rules |
[ref]
The /etc/cron.allow and /etc/at.allow files contain lists of
users who are allowed to use cron and at to delay execution of
processes. If these files exist and if the corresponding files
/etc/cron.deny and /etc/at.deny do not exist, then only users
listed in the relevant allow files can run the crontab and at commands
to submit jobs to be run at scheduled intervals. On many systems, only the
system administrator needs the ability to schedule jobs. Note that even if a
given user is not listed in cron.allow , cron jobs can still be run as
that user. The cron.allow file controls only administrative access
to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.
To restrict at and cron to only authorized users:
- Remove the
cron.deny file:$ sudo rm /etc/cron.deny
- Edit
/etc/cron.allow , adding one line for each user allowed to use
the crontab command to create cron jobs. - Remove the
at.deny file:$ sudo rm /etc/at.deny
- Edit
/etc/at.allow , adding one line for each user allowed to use
the at command to create at jobs.
|
Rule
Ensure that /etc/at.deny does not exist
[ref] | The file /etc/at.deny should not exist.
Use /etc/at.allow instead. | Rationale: | Access to at should be restricted.
It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_at_deny_not_exist | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure that /etc/cron.deny does not exist
[ref] | The file /etc/cron.deny should not exist.
Use /etc/cron.allow instead. | Rationale: | Access to cron should be restricted.
It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_cron_deny_not_exist | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/at.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/at.allow exists, it must be group-owned by root .
To properly set the group owner of /etc/at.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/at.allow
| Rationale: | If the owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, the possibility exists for an
unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_at_allow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns /etc/cron.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must be group-owned by root .
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.allow
| Rationale: | If the owner of the cron.allow file is not set to root, the possibility exists for an
unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_allow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns /etc/at.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/at.allow exists, it must be owned by root .
To properly set the owner of /etc/at.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/at.allow
| Rationale: | If the owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, the possibility exists for an
unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_at_allow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify User Who Owns /etc/cron.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must be owned by root .
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.allow
| Rationale: | If the owner of the cron.allow file is not set to root, the possibility exists for an
unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_allow | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on /etc/at.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/at.allow exists, it must have permissions 0640
or more restrictive.
To properly set the permissions of /etc/at.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/at.allow
| Rationale: | If the permissions of the at.allow file are not set to 0640 or more restrictive,
the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_at_allow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on /etc/cron.allow file
[ref] | If /etc/cron.allow exists, it must have permissions 0640
or more restrictive.
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.allow , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0640 /etc/cron.allow
| Rationale: | If the permissions of the cron.allow file are not set to 0640 or more restrictive,
the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or edit sensitive information. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_allow | References: | | |
|
Rule
Enable cron Service
[ref] | The crond service is used to execute commands at
preconfigured times. It is required by almost all systems to perform necessary
maintenance tasks, such as notifying root of system activity.
The crond service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable crond.service
| Rationale: | Due to its usage for maintenance and security-supporting tasks,
enabling the cron daemon is essential. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_crond_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns cron.d
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.d , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.d
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_d | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns cron.daily
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.daily , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.daily
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_daily | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns cron.hourly
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.hourly , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.hourly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_hourly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns cron.monthly
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.monthly , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.monthly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_monthly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns cron.weekly
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/cron.weekly , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/cron.weekly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_cron_weekly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Group Who Owns Crontab
[ref] |
To properly set the group owner of /etc/crontab , run the command:
$ sudo chgrp root /etc/crontab
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct group to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_groupowner_crontab | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on cron.d
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.d , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.d
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_d | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on cron.daily
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.daily , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.daily
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_daily | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on cron.hourly
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.hourly , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.hourly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_hourly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on cron.monthly
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.monthly , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.monthly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_monthly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on cron.weekly
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/cron.weekly , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/cron.weekly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_cron_weekly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Owner on crontab
[ref] |
To properly set the owner of /etc/crontab , run the command:
$ sudo chown root /etc/crontab
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should be owned by the
correct user to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_owner_crontab | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on cron.d
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.d , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.d
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_d | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on cron.daily
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.daily , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.daily
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_daily | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on cron.hourly
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.hourly , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.hourly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_hourly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on cron.monthly
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.monthly , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.monthly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_monthly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on cron.weekly
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/cron.weekly , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0700 /etc/cron.weekly
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_cron_weekly | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Verify Permissions on crontab
[ref] |
To properly set the permissions of /etc/crontab , run the command:
$ sudo chmod 0600 /etc/crontab
| Rationale: | Service configuration files enable or disable features of their respective services that if configured incorrectly
can lead to insecure and vulnerable configurations. Therefore, service configuration files should have the
correct access rights to prevent unauthorized changes. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_file_permissions_crontab | References: | cis-csc | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.7.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-6(1) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Group
DHCP
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows
systems to request and obtain an IP address and other configuration
parameters from a server.
This guide recommends configuring networking on clients by manually editing
the appropriate files under /etc/sysconfig . Use of DHCP can make client
systems vulnerable to compromise by rogue DHCP servers, and should be avoided
unless necessary. If using DHCP is necessary, however, there are best practices
that should be followed to minimize security risk. |
Group
Disable DHCP Server
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The DHCP server dhcpd is not installed or activated by
default. If the software was installed and activated, but the
system does not need to act as a DHCP server, it should be disabled
and removed. |
Rule
Disable DHCP Service
[ref] | The dhcpd service should be disabled on
any system that does not need to act as a DHCP server.
The dhcpd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now dhcpd.service
| Rationale: | Unmanaged or unintentionally activated DHCP servers may provide faulty information
to clients, interfering with the operation of a legitimate site
DHCP server if there is one. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_dhcpd_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
DNS Server
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
Most organizations have an operational need to run at
least one nameserver. However, there are many common attacks
involving DNS server software, and this server software should
be disabled on any system
on which it is not needed. |
Group
Disable DNS Server
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
DNS software should be disabled on any systems which does not
need to be a nameserver. Note that the BIND DNS server software is
not installed on openEuler 2203 by default. The remainder of this section
discusses secure configuration of systems which must be
nameservers. |
Rule
Disable named Service
[ref] |
The named service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now named.service
| Rationale: | All network services involve some risk of compromise due to
implementation flaws and should be disabled if possible. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_named_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
FTP Server
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
FTP is a common method for allowing remote access to
files. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means
that passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be
captured and that the session is vulnerable to hijacking.
Therefore, running the FTP server software is not recommended.
However, there are some FTP server configurations which may
be appropriate for some environments, particularly those which
allow only read-only anonymous access as a means of downloading
data available to the public. |
Rule
Remove ftp Package
[ref] | FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a traditional and widely used standard tool for
transferring files between a server and clients over a network, especially where no
authentication is necessary (permits anonymous users to connect to a server).
The ftp package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove ftp
| Rationale: | FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It
is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need
to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is
recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_ftp_removed | References: | | |
|
Group
Web Server
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The web server is responsible for providing access to
content via the HTTP protocol. Web servers represent a significant
security risk because:
- The HTTP port is commonly probed by malicious sources
- Web server software is very complex, and includes a long
history of vulnerabilities
- The HTTP protocol is unencrypted and vulnerable to passive
monitoring
The system's default web server software is Apache 2 and is
provided in the RPM package httpd . |
Group
Disable Apache if Possible
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
If Apache was installed and activated, but the system
does not need to act as a web server, then it should be disabled
and removed from the system. |
Rule
Uninstall httpd Package
[ref] | The httpd package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove httpd
| Rationale: | If there is no need to make the web server software available,
removing it provides a safeguard against its activation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_httpd_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
LDAP
Group contains 2 groups and 2 rules |
[ref]
LDAP is a popular directory service, that is, a
standardized way of looking up information from a central database.
openEuler 2203 includes software that enables a system to act as both
an LDAP client and server. |
Group
Configure OpenLDAP Clients
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
This section provides information on which security settings are
important to configure in OpenLDAP clients by manually editing the appropriate
configuration files. openEuler 2203 provides an automated configuration tool called
authconfig and a graphical wrapper for authconfig called
system-config-authentication . However, these tools do not provide as
much control over configuration as manual editing of configuration files. The
authconfig tools do not allow you to specify locations of SSL certificate
files, which is useful when trying to use SSL cleanly across several protocols.
Installation and configuration of OpenLDAP on openEuler 2203 is available at Warning:
Before configuring any system to be an
LDAP client, ensure that a working LDAP server is present on the
network. |
Rule
Ensure LDAP client is not installed
[ref] | The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a service that provides
a method for looking up information from a central database.
The openldap-clients package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove openldap-clients
| Rationale: | If the system does not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software is removed to reduce the potential attack surface. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openldap-clients_removed | |
|
Group
Configure OpenLDAP Server
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
This section details some security-relevant settings
for an OpenLDAP server. |
Rule
Uninstall openldap-servers Package
[ref] | The openldap-servers package is not installed by default on a openEuler 2203
system. It is needed only by the OpenLDAP server, not by the
clients which use LDAP for authentication. If the system is not
intended for use as an LDAP Server it should be removed. | Rationale: | Unnecessary packages should not be installed to decrease the attack
surface of the system. While this software is clearly essential on an LDAP
server, it is not necessary on typical desktop or workstation systems. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_openldap-servers_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
NFS and RPC
Group contains 4 groups and 2 rules |
[ref]
The Network File System is a popular distributed filesystem for
the Unix environment, and is very widely deployed. This section discusses the
circumstances under which it is possible to disable NFS and its dependencies,
and then details steps which should be taken to secure
NFS's configuration. This section is relevant to systems operating as NFS
clients, as well as to those operating as NFS servers. |
Group
Disable All NFS Services if Possible
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
If there is not a reason for the system to operate as either an
NFS client or an NFS server, follow all instructions in this section to disable
subsystems required by NFS. Warning:
The steps in this section will prevent a system
from operating as either an NFS client or an NFS server. Only perform these
steps on systems which do not need NFS at all. |
Group
Disable Services Used Only by NFS
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
If NFS is not needed, disable the NFS client daemons nfslock, rpcgssd, and rpcidmapd.
All of these daemons run with elevated privileges, and many listen for network
connections. If they are not needed, they should be disabled to improve system
security posture. |
Rule
Disable rpcbind Service
[ref] | The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen.
RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they
are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The
rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can
communicate with the requested service. If the system does not require RPC
(such as for NFS servers) then this service should be disabled.
The rpcbind service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rpcbind.service
| Rationale: | If the system does not require rpc based services, it is recommended that
rpcbind be disabled to reduce the attack surface. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rpcbind_disabled | References: | | |
|
Group
Configure NFS Clients
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The steps in this section are appropriate for systems which operate as NFS clients. |
Group
Disable NFS Server Daemons
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
There is no need to run the NFS server daemons nfs and
rpcsvcgssd except on a small number of properly secured systems
designated as NFS servers. Ensure that these daemons are turned off on
clients. |
Rule
Disable Network File System (nfs)
[ref] | The Network File System (NFS) service allows remote hosts to mount
and interact with shared filesystems on the local system. If the local system
is not designated as a NFS server then this service should be disabled.
The nfs-server service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now nfs-server.service
| Rationale: | Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_nfs_disabled | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cobit5 | DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7 | iso27001-2013 | A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
Network Time Protocol
Group contains 5 rules |
[ref]
The Network Time Protocol is used to manage the system
clock over a network. Computer clocks are not very accurate, so
time will drift unpredictably on unmanaged systems. Central time
protocols can be used both to ensure that time is consistent among
a network of systems, and that their time is consistent with the
outside world.
If every system on a network reliably reports the same time, then it is much
easier to correlate log messages in case of an attack. In addition, a number of
cryptographic protocols (such as Kerberos) use timestamps to prevent certain
types of attacks. If your network does not have synchronized time, these
protocols may be unreliable or even unusable.
Depending on the specifics of the network, global time accuracy may be just as
important as local synchronization, or not very important at all. If your
network is connected to the Internet, using a public timeserver (or one
provided by your enterprise) provides globally accurate timestamps which may be
essential in investigating or responding to an attack which originated outside
of your network.
A typical network setup involves a small number of internal systems operating
as NTP servers, and the remainder obtaining time information from those
internal servers.
There is a choice between the daemons ntpd and chronyd , which
are available from the repositories in the ntp and chrony
packages respectively.
The default chronyd daemon can work well when external time references
are only intermittently accesible, can perform well even when the network is
congested for longer periods of time, can usually synchronize the clock faster
and with better time accuracy, and quickly adapts to sudden changes in the rate
of the clock, for example, due to changes in the temperature of the crystal
oscillator. Chronyd should be considered for all systems which are
frequently suspended or otherwise intermittently disconnected and reconnected
to a network. Mobile and virtual systems for example.
The ntpd NTP daemon fully supports NTP protocol version 4 (RFC 5905),
including broadcast, multicast, manycast clients and servers, and the orphan
mode. It also supports extra authentication schemes based on public-key
cryptography (RFC 5906). The NTP daemon ( ntpd ) should be considered
for systems which are normally kept permanently on. Systems which are required
to use broadcast or multicast IP, or to perform authentication of packets with
the Autokey protocol, should consider using ntpd .
Refer to
https://docs.fedoraproject.org/en-US/fedora/latest/system-administrators-guide/servers/Configuring_NTP_Using_the_chrony_Suite/
for more detailed comparison of features of chronyd
and ntpd daemon features respectively, and for further guidance how to
choose between the two NTP daemons.
The upstream manual pages at
https://chrony-project.org/documentation.html for
chronyd and
http://www.ntp.org for ntpd provide additional
information on the capabilities and configuration of each of the NTP daemons. |
Rule
The Chronyd service is enabled
[ref] | chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP) is designed to
synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly
accurate. More information on chrony can be found at
https://chrony-project.org/.
Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.
To enable Chronyd service, you can run:
# systemctl enable chronyd.service
This recommendation only applies if chrony is in use on the system. | Rationale: | If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time
synchronization is working properly. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_chronyd_enabled | References: | | |
|
Rule
Enable the NTP Daemon
[ref] |
The ntpd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable ntpd.service
| Rationale: | Enabling the ntpd service ensures that the ntpd
service will be running and that the system will synchronize its time to
any servers specified. This is important whether the system is configured to be
a client (and synchronize only its own clock) or it is also acting as an NTP
server to other systems. Synchronizing time is essential for authentication
services such as Kerberos, but it is also important for maintaining accurate
logs and auditing possible security breaches.
The NTP daemon offers all of the functionality of ntpdate , which is now
deprecated. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_ntpd_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-8(1)(a) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1 | pcidss | Req-10.4 | pcidss4 | 10.6.1, 10.6 |
| |
|
Rule
A remote time server for Chrony is configured
[ref] | Chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed
to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly
accurate. More information on chrony can be found at
https://chrony-project.org/.
Chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.
Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate:
server <remote-server>
Multiple servers may be configured. | Rationale: | If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time
synchronization is working properly. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_chronyd_specify_remote_server | References: | | |
|
Rule
Configure server restrictions for ntpd
[ref] | ntpd is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP). It is designed to
synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly
accurate. More information on NTP can be found at
http://www.ntp.org.
ntp can be configured to be a client and/or a server.
To ensure that ntpd implements correct server restrictions, make sure that the following lines exist in the file /etc/ntpd.conf :
restrict -4 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
This recommendation only applies if ntp is in use on the system. | Rationale: | If ntp is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization
is working properly. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ntpd_configure_restrictions | |
|
Rule
Specify a Remote NTP Server
[ref] | To specify a remote NTP server for time synchronization, edit
the file /etc/ntp.conf . Add or correct the following lines,
substituting the IP or hostname of a remote NTP server for ntpserver:
server ntpserver
This instructs the NTP software to contact that remote server to obtain time
data. | Rationale: | Synchronizing with an NTP server makes it possible
to collate system logs from multiple sources or correlate computer events with
real time events. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_ntpd_specify_remote_server | References: | cis-csc | 1, 14, 15, 16, 3, 5, 6 | cobit5 | APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1 | nist | CM-6(a), AU-8(1)(a) | nist-csf | PR.PT-1 | pcidss | Req-10.4.1, Req-10.4.3 | pcidss4 | 10.6.2, 10.6 |
| |
|
Group
Obsolete Services
Group contains 3 groups and 7 rules |
[ref]
This section discusses a number of network-visible
services which have historically caused problems for system
security, and for which disabling or severely limiting the service
has been the best available guidance for some time. As a result of
this, many of these services are not installed as part of openEuler 2203
by default.
Organizations which are running these services should
switch to more secure equivalents as soon as possible.
If it remains absolutely necessary to run one of
these services for legacy reasons, care should be taken to restrict
the service as much as possible, for instance by configuring host
firewall software such as iptables to restrict access to the
vulnerable service to only those remote hosts which have a known
need to use it. |
Group
NIS
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The Network Information Service (NIS), also known as 'Yellow
Pages' (YP), and its successor NIS+ have been made obsolete by
Kerberos, LDAP, and other modern centralized authentication
services. NIS should not be used because it suffers from security
problems inherent in its design, such as inadequate protection of
important authentication information. |
Rule
Remove NIS Client
[ref] | The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages,
is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration
files. The NIS client (ypbind ) was used to bind a system to an NIS server
and receive the distributed configuration files. | Rationale: | The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable
to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying
NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be
removed. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_ypbind_removed | References: | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | anssi | R62 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Uninstall ypserv Package
[ref] | The ypserv package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove ypserv
| Rationale: | The NIS service provides an unencrypted authentication service which does
not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the
remote session.
Removing the ypserv package decreases the risk of the accidental
(or intentional) activation of NIS or NIS+ services. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_ypserv_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000381 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a), IA-5(1)(c) | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-2.2.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | anssi | R62 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Group
Telnet
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
The telnet protocol does not provide confidentiality or integrity
for information transmitted on the network. This includes authentication
information such as passwords. Organizations which use telnet should be
actively working to migrate to a more secure protocol. |
Rule
Uninstall telnet-server Package
[ref] | The telnet-server package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove telnet-server
| Rationale: | It is detrimental for operating systems to provide, or install by default,
functionality exceeding requirements or mission objectives. These
unnecessary capabilities are often overlooked and therefore may remain
unsecure. They increase the risk to the platform by providing additional
attack vectors.
The telnet service provides an unencrypted remote access service which does
not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the
remote session. If a privileged user were to login using this service, the
privileged user password could be compromised.
Removing the telnet-server package decreases the risk of the
telnet service's accidental (or intentional) activation. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_telnet-server_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000381 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | pcidss | Req-2.2.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000095-GPOS-00049 | anssi | R62 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Remove telnet Clients
[ref] | The telnet client allows users to start connections to other systems via
the telnet protocol. | Rationale: | The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use
of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user
to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an
encrypted session and stronger security and is included in openEuler 2203. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_telnet_removed | References: | cui | 3.1.13 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | iso27001-2013 | A.8.2.3, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3 | anssi | R62 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Group
TFTP Server
Group contains 2 rules |
[ref]
TFTP is a lightweight version of the FTP protocol which has
traditionally been used to configure networking equipment. However,
TFTP provides little security, and modern versions of networking
operating systems frequently support configuration via SSH or other
more secure protocols. A TFTP server should be run only if no more
secure method of supporting existing equipment can be
found. |
Rule
Uninstall tftp-server Package
[ref] | The tftp-server package can be removed with the following command: $ sudo dnf remove tftp-server
| Rationale: | Removing the tftp-server package decreases the risk of the accidental
(or intentional) activation of tftp services.
If TFTP is required for operational support (such as transmission of router
configurations), its use must be documented with the Information Systems
Securty Manager (ISSM), restricted to only authorized personnel, and have
access control rules established. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_tftp-server_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 3, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO13.01, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-3, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | anssi | R62 | pcidss4 | 2.2.4, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Remove tftp Daemon
[ref] | Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple file transfer protocol,
typically used to automatically transfer configuration or boot files between systems.
TFTP does not support authentication and can be easily hacked. The package
tftp is a client program that allows for connections to a tftp server. | Rationale: | It is recommended that TFTP be removed, unless there is a specific need
for TFTP (such as a boot server). In that case, use extreme caution when configuring
the services. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_tftp_removed | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure rsyncd service is disabled
[ref] |
The rsyncd service can be disabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl mask --now rsyncd.service
| Rationale: | The rsyncd service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for
communication. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_rsyncd_disabled | References: | | |
|
Group
Print Support
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) service provides both local
and network printing support. A system running the CUPS service can accept
print jobs from other systems, process them, and send them to the appropriate
printer. It also provides an interface for remote administration through a web
browser. The CUPS service is installed and activated by default. The project
homepage and more detailed documentation are available at
http://www.cups.org.
|
Rule
Uninstall CUPS Package
[ref] | The cups package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove cups
| Rationale: | If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is
recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_cups_removed | References: | cis-csc | 11, 14, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.05, DSS06.06 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.9.1.2 | nist | CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 |
| |
|
Group
Samba(SMB) Microsoft Windows File Sharing Server
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
When properly configured, the Samba service allows
Linux systems to provide file and print sharing to Microsoft
Windows systems. There are two software packages that provide
Samba support. The first, samba-client , provides a series of
command line tools that enable a client system to access Samba
shares. The second, simply labeled samba , provides the Samba
service. It is this second package that allows a Linux system to
act as an Active Directory server, a domain controller, or as a
domain member. Only the samba-client package is installed by
default. |
Group
Disable Samba if Possible
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Even after the Samba server package has been installed, it
will remain disabled. Do not enable this service unless it is
absolutely necessary to provide Microsoft Windows file and print
sharing functionality. |
Rule
Uninstall Samba Package
[ref] | The samba package can be removed with the following command: $ sudo dnf remove samba
| Rationale: | If there is no need to make the Samba software available,
removing it provides a safeguard against its activation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_samba_removed | |
|
Group
SNMP Server
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The Simple Network Management Protocol allows
administrators to monitor the state of network devices, including
computers. Older versions of SNMP were well-known for weak
security, such as plaintext transmission of the community string
(used for authentication) and usage of easily-guessable
choices for the community string. |
Group
Disable SNMP Server if Possible
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The system includes an SNMP daemon that allows for its remote
monitoring, though it not installed by default. If it was installed and
activated but is not needed, the software should be disabled and removed. |
Rule
Uninstall net-snmp Package
[ref] |
The net-snmp package provides the snmpd service.
The net-snmp package can be removed with the following command:
$ sudo dnf remove net-snmp
| Rationale: | If there is no need to run SNMP server software,
removing the package provides a safeguard against its
activation. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_package_net-snmp_removed | References: | | |
|
Group
SSH Server
Group contains 1 group and 19 rules |
[ref]
The SSH protocol is recommended for remote login and
remote file transfer. SSH provides confidentiality and integrity
for data exchanged between two systems, as well as server
authentication, through the use of public key cryptography. The
implementation included with the system is called OpenSSH, and more
detailed documentation is available from its website,
https://www.openssh.com.
Its server program is called sshd and provided by the RPM package
openssh-server . |
Group
Configure OpenSSH Server if Necessary
Group contains 19 rules |
[ref]
If the system needs to act as an SSH server, then
certain changes should be made to the OpenSSH daemon configuration
file /etc/ssh/sshd_config . The following recommendations can be
applied to this file. See the sshd_config(5) man page for more
detailed information. |
Rule
Disable Host-Based Authentication
[ref] | SSH's cryptographic host-based authentication is
more secure than .rhosts authentication. However, it is
not recommended that hosts unilaterally trust one another, even
within an organization.
The default SSH configuration disables host-based authentication. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for HostbasedAuthentication .
To explicitly disable host-based authentication, add or correct the
following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
HostbasedAuthentication no
| Rationale: | SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host
can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_disable_host_auth | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-3, AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229 | pcidss4 | 8.3.1, 8.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Allow Only SSH Protocol 2
[ref] | Only SSH protocol version 2 connections should be
permitted. The default setting in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config is correct, and can be
verified by ensuring that the following
line appears:
Protocol 2
Warning:
As of openssh-server version 7.4 and above, the only protocol
supported is version 2, and line Protocol 2 in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config is not necessary. | Rationale: | SSH protocol version 1 is an insecure implementation of the SSH protocol and
has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH daemon could provide
immediate root access to the system. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_allow_only_protocol2 | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 15, 16, 5, 8 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO13.01, DSS01.04, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.03, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.13, 3.5.4 | disa | CCI-000197, CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.6, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | ism | 0487, 1449, 1506 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R4.2, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R7.1 | nist | CM-6(a), AC-17(a), AC-17(2), IA-5(1)(c), SC-13, MA-4(6) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.PT-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000074-GPOS-00042, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Access via Empty Passwords
[ref] | Disallow SSH login with empty passwords.
The default SSH configuration disables logins with empty passwords. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for PermitEmptyPasswords .
To explicitly disallow SSH login from accounts with empty passwords,
add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitEmptyPasswords no
Any accounts with empty passwords should be disabled immediately, and PAM configuration
should prevent users from being able to assign themselves empty passwords. | Rationale: | Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional assurance
that remote login via SSH will require a password, even in the event of
misconfiguration elsewhere. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_empty_passwords | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO01.06, BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000766, CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.DS-5, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FIA_UAU.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000106-GPOS-00053, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Support for .rhosts Files
[ref] | SSH can emulate the behavior of the obsolete rsh
command in allowing users to enable insecure access to their
accounts via .rhosts files.
The default SSH configuration disables support for .rhosts . The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for IgnoreRhosts .
To explicitly disable support for .rhosts files, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
IgnoreRhosts yes
| Rationale: | SSH trust relationships mean a compromise on one host
can allow an attacker to move trivially to other hosts. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_rhosts | References: | cis-csc | 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, DSS06.06 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.IP-1, PR.PT-3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Root Login
[ref] | The root user should never be allowed to login to a
system directly over a network.
To disable root login via SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitRootLogin no
| Rationale: | Even though the communications channel may be encrypted, an additional layer of
security is gained by extending the policy of not logging directly on as root.
In addition, logging in with a user-specific account provides individual
accountability of actions performed on the system and also helps to minimize
direct attack attempts on root's password. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_root_login | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 3, 5 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | APO01.06, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS05.10, DSS06.02, DSS06.03, DSS06.06, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.1, 3.1.5 | disa | CCI-000366, CCI-004045 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.3, 4.3.3.5.4, 4.3.3.5.5, 4.3.3.5.6, 4.3.3.5.7, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9, 4.3.3.7.1, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.11, SR 1.12, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.6, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.2, SR 2.3, SR 2.4, SR 2.5, SR 2.6, SR 2.7, SR 5.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.18.1.4, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-003-8 R5.1.1, CIP-003-8 R5.3, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R2.1, CIP-007-3 R2.2, CIP-007-3 R2.3, CIP-007-3 R5.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.2, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3 | nist | AC-6(2), AC-17(a), IA-2, IA-2(5), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-1, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.AC-7, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-3 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000109-GPOS-00056, SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000148-CTR-000335, SRG-APP-000190-CTR-000500 | anssi | R33 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable SSH TCP Forwarding
[ref] | The AllowTcpForwarding parameter specifies whether TCP forwarding is permitted.
To disable TCP forwarding, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
AllowTcpForwarding no
| Rationale: | Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and back-doors. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_tcp_forwarding | References: | | |
|
Rule
Disable SSH Support for User Known Hosts
[ref] | SSH can allow system users to connect to systems if a cache of the remote
systems public keys is available. This should be disabled.
To ensure this behavior is disabled, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
IgnoreUserKnownHosts yes
| Rationale: | Configuring this setting for the SSH daemon provides additional
assurance that remote login via SSH will require a password, even
in the event of misconfiguration elsewhere. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_user_known_hosts | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00227 |
| |
|
Rule
Disable X11 Forwarding
[ref] | The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic
through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.
SSH has the capability to encrypt remote X11 connections when SSH's
X11Forwarding option is enabled.
The default SSH configuration disables X11Forwarding. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for X11Forwarding .
To explicitly disable X11 Forwarding, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
X11Forwarding no
| Rationale: | Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11
applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of
users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by
other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled,
users can always install their own forwarders. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_disable_x11_forwarding | References: | | |
|
Rule
Do Not Allow SSH Environment Options
[ref] | Ensure that users are not able to override environment variables of the SSH daemon.
The default SSH configuration disables environment processing. The appropriate
configuration is used if no value is set for PermitUserEnvironment .
To explicitly disable Environment options, add or correct the following
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
PermitUserEnvironment no
| Rationale: | SSH environment options potentially allow users to bypass
access restriction in some configurations. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_do_not_permit_user_env | References: | cis-csc | 11, 3, 9 | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | BAI10.01, BAI10.02, BAI10.03, BAI10.05 | cui | 3.1.12 | disa | CCI-000366 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.4.3.2, 4.3.4.3.3 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.2, A.12.5.1, A.12.6.2, A.14.2.2, A.14.2.3, A.14.2.4 | nist | AC-17(a), CM-7(a), CM-7(b), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.IP-1 | pcidss | Req-2.2.4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000480-GPOS-00229 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable PAM
[ref] | UsePAM Enables the Pluggable Authentication Module interface. If set to “yes” this will
enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and
PasswordAuthentication in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all
authentication types.
To enable PAM authentication, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
UsePAM yes
| Rationale: | When UsePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is
important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of
the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables
on login or disallow access to the server. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_pam | References: | | |
|
Rule
Enable SSH Warning Banner
[ref] | To enable the warning banner and ensure it is consistent
across the system, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
Banner /etc/issue.net
Another section contains information on how to create an
appropriate system-wide warning banner. | Rationale: | The warning message reinforces policy awareness during the logon process and
facilitates possible legal action against attackers. Alternatively, systems
whose ownership should not be obvious should ensure usage of a banner that does
not provide easy attribution. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_enable_warning_banner_net | References: | cjis | 5.5.6 | cobit5 | DSS05.04, DSS05.10, DSS06.10 | cui | 3.1.9 | disa | CCI-000048, CCI-000050, CCI-001384, CCI-001385, CCI-001386, CCI-001387, CCI-001388 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(4)(i), 164.308(b)(1), 164.308(b)(3), 164.310(b), 164.312(e)(1), 164.312(e)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.3.6.1, 4.3.3.6.2, 4.3.3.6.3, 4.3.3.6.4, 4.3.3.6.5, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.6.7, 4.3.3.6.8, 4.3.3.6.9 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.10, SR 1.2, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9 | iso27001-2013 | A.18.1.4, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.4, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3 | nist | AC-8(a), AC-8(c), AC-17(a), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | PR.AC-7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000023-GPOS-00006, SRG-OS-000228-GPOS-00088 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is configured
[ref] | The LoginGraceTime parameter to the SSH server specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to
the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections
can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to
appropriate limits to ensure the service is available for needed access. | Rationale: | Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful
brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent
unauthenticated connections. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_login_grace_time | References: | | |
|
Rule
Set SSH Daemon LogLevel to VERBOSE
[ref] | The VERBOSE parameter configures the SSH daemon to record login and logout activity.
To specify the log level in
SSH, add or correct the following line in
/etc/ssh/sshd_config :
LogLevel VERBOSE
| Rationale: | SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically
not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides
so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information. INFO or
VERBOSE level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many
situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active
on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the
field. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_loglevel_verbose | References: | | |
|
Rule
Set SSH authentication attempt limit
[ref] | The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts
permitted per connection. Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged.
to set MaxAUthTries edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows:
MaxAuthTries 3
| Rationale: | Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful
brute force attacks to the SSH server. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_max_auth_tries | References: | ism | 0421, 0422, 0431, 0974, 1173, 1401, 1504, 1505, 1546, 1557, 1558, 1559, 1560, 1561 | pcidss4 | 2.2.6, 2.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Set SSH MaxSessions limit
[ref] | The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted
from a given connection. To set MaxSessions edit
/etc/ssh/sshd_config as follows: MaxSessions 10
| Rationale: | To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent
sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability
of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_max_sessions | References: | | |
|
Rule
Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured
[ref] | The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated
connections to the SSH daemon. Additional connections will be dropped until authentication
succeeds or the LoginGraceTime expires for a connection. To configure MaxStartups, you should
add or edit the following line in the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file:
MaxStartups 10:30:60
| Rationale: | To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication
connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of
sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_set_maxstartups | References: | | |
|
Rule
Use Only Strong Ciphers
[ref] | Limit the ciphers to strong algorithms.
Counter (CTR) mode is also preferred over cipher-block chaining (CBC) mode.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config
demonstrates use of those ciphers:
Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr
The man page sshd_config(5) contains a list of supported ciphers. | Rationale: | Based on research conducted at various institutions, it was determined that the symmetric
portion of the SSH Transport Protocol (as described in RFC 4253) has security weaknesses
that allowed recovery of up to 32 bits of plaintext from a block of ciphertext that was
encrypted with the Cipher Block Chaining (CBD) method. From that research, new Counter
mode algorithms (as described in RFC4344) were designed that are not vulnerable to these
types of attacks and these algorithms are now recommended for standard use. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_ciphers | |
|
Rule
Use Only Strong Key Exchange algorithms
[ref] | Limit the Key Exchange to strong algorithms.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use
of those:
KexAlgorithms curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256
| Rationale: | Key exchange is any method in cryptography by which cryptographic keys are exchanged
between two parties, allowing use of a cryptographic algorithm. If the sender and receiver
wish to exchange encrypted messages, each must be equipped to encrypt messages to be
sent and decrypt messages received | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_kex | References: | | |
|
Rule
Use Only Strong MACs
[ref] | Limit the MACs to strong hash algorithms.
The following line in /etc/ssh/sshd_config demonstrates use
of those MACs:
MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,umac-128-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-ripemd160
| Rationale: | MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase
exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of
attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An
attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the
SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_sshd_use_strong_macs | |
|
Group
X Window System
Group contains 1 group and 1 rule |
[ref]
The X Window System implementation included with the
system is called X.org. |
Group
Disable X Windows
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
Unless there is a mission-critical reason for the
system to run a graphical user interface, ensure X is not set to start
automatically at boot and remove the X Windows software packages.
There is usually no reason to run X Windows
on a dedicated server system, as it increases the system's attack surface and consumes
system resources. Administrators of server systems should instead login via
SSH or on the text console. |
Rule
Disable graphical user interface
[ref] | By removing the following packages, the system no longer has X Windows installed.
xorg-x11-server-Xorg xorg-x11-server-common xorg-x11-server-utils xorg-x11-server-Xwayland
If X Windows is not installed then the system cannot boot into graphical user mode.
This prevents the system from being accidentally or maliciously booted into a graphical.target
mode. To do so, run the following command:
sudo dnf remove xorg-x11-server-Xorg xorg-x11-server-common xorg-x11-server-utils xorg-x11-server-Xwayland
Warning:
The installation and use of a Graphical User Interface (GUI) increases your attack vector and decreases your
overall security posture. Removing the package xorg-x11-server-common package will remove the graphical target
which might bring your system to an inconsistent state requiring additional configuration to access the system
again.
The rule xwindows_runlevel_target can be used to configure the system to boot into the multi-user.target.
If a GUI is an operational requirement, a tailored profile that removes this rule should be used before
continuing installation. | Rationale: | Unnecessary service packages must not be installed to decrease the attack surface of the system. X windows has a long history of security
vulnerabilities and should not be installed unless approved and documented. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_xwindows_remove_packages | References: | | |
|
Group
System Accounting with auditd
Group contains 7 groups and 50 rules |
[ref]
The audit service provides substantial capabilities
for recording system activities. By default, the service audits about
SELinux AVC denials and certain types of security-relevant events
such as system logins, account modifications, and authentication
events performed by programs such as sudo.
Under its default configuration, auditd has modest disk space
requirements, and should not noticeably impact system performance.
NOTE: The Linux Audit daemon auditd can be configured to use
the augenrules program to read audit rules files ( *.rules )
located in /etc/audit/rules.d location and compile them to create
the resulting form of the /etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file
during the daemon startup (default configuration). Alternatively, the auditd
daemon can use the auditctl utility to read audit rules from the
/etc/audit/audit.rules configuration file during daemon startup,
and load them into the kernel. The expected behavior is configured via the
appropriate ExecStartPost directive setting in the
/usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
To instruct the auditd daemon to use the augenrules program
to read audit rules (default configuration), use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/augenrules --load
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
In order to instruct the auditd daemon to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules, use the following setting:
ExecStartPost=-/sbin/auditctl -R /etc/audit/audit.rules
in the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service configuration file.
Refer to [Service] section of the /usr/lib/systemd/system/auditd.service
configuration file for further details.
Government networks often have substantial auditing
requirements and auditd can be configured to meet these
requirements.
Examining some example audit records demonstrates how the Linux audit system
satisfies common requirements.
The following example from Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Documentation available at
https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/7/html-single/selinux_users_and_administrators_guide/index#sect-Security-Enhanced_Linux-Fixing_Problems-Raw_Audit_Messages
shows the substantial amount of information captured in a
two typical "raw" audit messages, followed by a breakdown of the most important
fields. In this example the message is SELinux-related and reports an AVC
denial (and the associated system call) that occurred when the Apache HTTP
Server attempted to access the /var/www/html/file1 file (labeled with
the samba_share_t type):
type=AVC msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): avc: denied { getattr } for pid=2465 comm="httpd"
path="/var/www/html/file1" dev=dm-0 ino=284133 scontext=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0
tcontext=unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0 tclass=file
type=SYSCALL msg=audit(1226874073.147:96): arch=40000003 syscall=196 success=no exit=-13
a0=b98df198 a1=bfec85dc a2=54dff4 a3=2008171 items=0 ppid=2463 pid=2465 auid=502 uid=48
gid=48 euid=48 suid=48 fsuid=48 egid=48 sgid=48 fsgid=48 tty=(none) ses=6 comm="httpd"
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" subj=unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0 key=(null)
msg=audit(1226874073.147:96) - The number in parentheses is the unformatted time stamp (Epoch time)
for the event, which can be converted to standard time by using the
date command.
{ getattr } - The item in braces indicates the permission that was denied.
getattr
indicates the source process was trying to read the target file's status information.
This occurs before reading files. This action is denied due to the file being
accessed having the wrong label. Commonly seen permissions include getattr ,
read , and write .
comm="httpd" - The executable that launched the process. The full path of the executable is
found in the
exe= section of the system call (SYSCALL ) message,
which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
path="/var/www/html/file1" - The path to the object (target) the process attempted to access.
scontext="unconfined_u:system_r:httpd_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the process that attempted the denied action. In
this case, it is the SELinux context of the Apache HTTP Server, which is running
in the
httpd_t domain.
tcontext="unconfined_u:object_r:samba_share_t:s0" - The SELinux context of the object (target) the process attempted to access.
In this case, it is the SELinux context of
file1 . Note: the samba_share_t
type is not accessible to processes running in the httpd_t domain.
- From the system call (
SYSCALL ) message, two items are of interest:
success=no : indicates whether the denial (AVC) was enforced or not.
success=no indicates the system call was not successful (SELinux denied
access). success=yes indicates the system call was successful - this can
be seen for permissive domains or unconfined domains, such as initrc_t
and kernel_t .
exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" : the full path to the executable that launched
the process, which in this case, is exe="/usr/sbin/httpd" .
|
Group
Configure auditd Rules for Comprehensive Auditing
Group contains 5 groups and 37 rules |
[ref]
The auditd program can perform comprehensive
monitoring of system activity. This section describes recommended
configuration settings for comprehensive auditing, but a full
description of the auditing system's capabilities is beyond the
scope of this guide. The mailing list linux-audit@redhat.com exists
to facilitate community discussion of the auditing system.
The audit subsystem supports extensive collection of events, including:
- Tracing of arbitrary system calls (identified by name or number)
on entry or exit.
- Filtering by PID, UID, call success, system call argument (with
some limitations), etc.
- Monitoring of specific files for modifications to the file's
contents or metadata.
Auditing rules at startup are controlled by the file /etc/audit/audit.rules .
Add rules to it to meet the auditing requirements for your organization.
Each line in /etc/audit/audit.rules represents a series of arguments
that can be passed to auditctl and can be individually tested
during runtime. See documentation in /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION
and
in the related man pages for more details.
If copying any example audit rulesets from /usr/share/doc/audit-VERSION ,
be sure to comment out the
lines containing arch= which are not appropriate for your system's
architecture. Then review and understand the following rules,
ensuring rules are activated as needed for the appropriate
architecture.
After reviewing all the rules, reading the following sections, and
editing as needed, the new rules can be activated as follows:
$ sudo service auditd restart
|
Group
Record Unauthorized Access Attempts Events to Files (unsuccessful)
Group contains 17 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. Note that the "-F arch=b32" lines should be
present even on a 64 bit system. These commands identify system calls for
auditing. Even if the system is 64 bit it can still execute 32 bit system
calls. Additionally, these rules can be configured in a number of ways while
still achieving the desired effect. An example of this is that the "-S" calls
could be split up and placed on separate lines, however, this is less efficient.
Add the following to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If your system is 64 bit then these lines should be duplicated and the
arch=b32 replaced with arch=b64 as follows:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - chmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_chmod | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Ownership Changes to Files - chown
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file ownership changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File ownership attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_chown | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - fchmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmod -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fchmod | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - fchmodat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchmodat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchmodat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fchmodat | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Ownership Changes to Files - fchown
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file ownership changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchown -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File ownership attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fchown | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Ownership Changes to Files - fchownat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file ownership changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fchownat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File ownership attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fchownat | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - fremovexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fremovexattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - fsetxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S fsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S fsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_fsetxattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - lremovexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lremovexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_lremovexattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - lsetxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S lsetxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_lsetxattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - removexattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S removexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S removexattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File permission changes could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_removexattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Delete Attempts to Files - rename
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file
deletion for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File deletion attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_rename | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Delete Attempts to Files - renameat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file
deletion for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S renameat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File deletion attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_renameat | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Permission Changes to Files - setxattr
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file permission changes
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-perm-change
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File deletion attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_setxattr | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Delete Attempts to Files - unlink
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file
deletion for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlink -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlink -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File deletion attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_unlink | |
|
Rule
Record Successful Delete Attempts to Files - unlinkat
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect file
deletion for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlinkat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlinkat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S unlinkat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S unlinkat -F success=1 -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=successful-delete
Warning:
Note that these rules can be configured in a
number of ways while still achieving the desired effect. Here the system calls
have been placed independent of other system calls. Grouping these system
calls with others as identifying earlier in this guide is more efficient. | Rationale: | File deletion attempts could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_successful_file_modification_unlinkat | |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Unauthorized Access Attempts to Files (unsuccessful)
[ref] | At a minimum the audit system should collect unauthorized file
accesses for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured
to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon
startup (the default), add the following lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following lines:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,open_by_handle_at,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=access
Warning:
This rule checks for multiple syscalls related to unsuccessful file modification;
it was written with DISA STIG in mind. Other policies should use a
separate rule for each syscall that needs to be checked. For example:
audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_open audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_ftruncate audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification_creat
| Rationale: | Unsuccessful attempts to access files could be an indicator of malicious activity on a system. Auditing
these events could serve as evidence of potential system compromise. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_unsuccessful_file_modification | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-000172, CCI-002884 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | ism | 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.4, Req-10.2.1 |
| |
|
Group
Record Information on Kernel Modules Loading and Unloading
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,delete_module -F key=modules
Place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d .
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules . |
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on Kernel Module Loading and Unloading
[ref] | To capture kernel module loading and unloading events, use following lines, setting ARCH to
either b32 for 32-bit system, or having two lines for both b32 and b64 in case your system is 64-bit:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S init_module,finit_module,delete_module -F key=modules
The place to add the lines depends on a way auditd daemon is configured. If it is configured
to use the augenrules program (the default), add the lines to a file with suffix
.rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d .
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl utility,
add the lines to file /etc/audit/audit.rules . | Rationale: | The addition/removal of kernel modules can be used to alter the behavior of
the kernel and potentially introduce malicious code into kernel space. It is important
to have an audit trail of modules that have been introduced into the kernel. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_kernel_module_loading | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-000172 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.7 |
| |
|
Group
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events
Group contains 1 rule |
[ref]
The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
-w (N/A) -p wa -k logins
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/tallylog -p wa -k logins
-w (N/A) -p wa -k logins
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Logon and Logout Events - lastlog
[ref] | The audit system already collects login information for all users
and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for unattempted manual
edits of files involved in storing logon events:
-w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins
| Rationale: | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_login_events_lastlog | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275, SRG-APP-000506-CTR-001290 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Group
Record Information on the Use of Privileged Commands
Group contains 4 rules |
[ref]
At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. |
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - insmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /sbin/insmod -p x -k modules
| Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks,
which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but
limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for
unusual activity. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_insmod | References: | disa | CCI-000130, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884 | nist | AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(a), AU-12.1(ii), MA-4(1)(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | anssi | R73 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - modprobe
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following
form to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-w /sbin/modprobe -p x -k modules
| Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks,
which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but
limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for
unusual activity. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_modprobe | References: | disa | CCI-000130, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884 | nist | AU-12(a), AU-12.1(ii), AU-3, AU-3.1, AU-12(c), AU-12.1(iv), MA-4(1)(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | anssi | R73 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - rmmod
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /sbin/rmmod -p x -k modules
| Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks,
which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but
limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for
unusual activity. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_rmmod | References: | disa | CCI-000130, CCI-000169, CCI-000172, CCI-002884 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | anssi | R73 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects Information on the Use of Privileged Commands - sudo
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect the execution of
privileged commands for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is
configured to use the augenrules program to read audit rules during
daemon startup (the default), add a line of the following form to a file with
suffix .rules in the directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add a line of the following
form to /etc/audit/audit.rules :
-a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/sudo -F auid>=1000 -F auid!=unset -F key=privileged
| Rationale: | Misuse of privileged functions, either intentionally or unintentionally by
authorized users, or by unauthorized external entities that have compromised system accounts,
is a serious and ongoing concern and can have significant adverse impacts on organizations.
Auditing the use of privileged functions is one way to detect such misuse and identify
the risk from insider and advanced persistent threats.
Privileged programs are subject to escalation-of-privilege attacks,
which attempt to subvert their normal role of providing some necessary but
limited capability. As such, motivation exists to monitor these programs for
unusual activity. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_privileged_commands_sudo | References: | cis-csc | 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, BAI03.05, DSS01.03, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 6.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.PT-1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000755-GPOS-00220 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000029-CTR-000085, SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255 | anssi | R33 |
| |
|
Group
Records Events that Modify Date and Time Information
Group contains 3 rules |
[ref]
Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time. All changes to the system
time should be audited. |
Rule
Record attempts to alter time through adjtimex
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be
used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple
system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is
not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
| Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_adjtimex | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001487, CCI-000169 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.4.2.b | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.6.3, 10.6 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Time Through clock_settime
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S clock_settime -F a0=0x0 -F key=time-change
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can
be used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport.
Multiple system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if
desired, but is not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
| Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_clock_settime | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001487, CCI-000169 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.4.2.b | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.6.3, 10.6 |
| |
|
Rule
Record attempts to alter time through settimeofday
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
If the system is 64 bit then also add the following line:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
The -k option allows for the specification of a key in string form that can be
used for better reporting capability through ausearch and aureport. Multiple
system calls can be defined on the same line to save space if desired, but is
not required. See an example of multiple combined syscalls:
-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday -F key=audit_time_rules
| Rationale: | Arbitrary changes to the system time can be used to obfuscate
nefarious activities in log files, as well as to confuse network services that
are highly dependent upon an accurate system time (such as sshd). All changes
to the system time should be audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_time_settimeofday | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001487, CCI-000169 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.4.2.b | pcidss4 | 10.6.3, 10.6 |
| |
|
Rule
Make the auditd Configuration Immutable
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to make the auditd configuration
immutable:
-e 2
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to make the auditd configuration
immutable:
-e 2
With this setting, a reboot will be required to change any audit rules. | Rationale: | Making the audit configuration immutable prevents accidental as
well as malicious modification of the audit rules, although it may be
problematic if legitimate changes are needed during system
operation. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_immutable | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO01.06, APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, DSS06.02, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1, 3.4.3 | disa | CCI-000163, CCI-000164, CCI-000162 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.312(d), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 5.2, SR 6.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.10.1.1, A.11.1.4, A.11.1.5, A.11.2.1, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.1.3, A.13.2.1, A.13.2.3, A.13.2.4, A.14.1.2, A.14.1.3, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.7.1.1, A.7.1.2, A.7.3.1, A.8.2.2, A.8.2.3, A.9.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nist | AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-4, PR.DS-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.5.2 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000057-GPOS-00027, SRG-OS-000058-GPOS-00028, SRG-OS-000059-GPOS-00029 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000119-CTR-000245, SRG-APP-000120-CTR-000250 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.3.2, 10.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
| Rationale: | The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be
arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to
MAC policy should be audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_mac_modification | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.8 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.5.5 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.3.4, 10.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Mandatory Access Controls in usr/share
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /usr/share/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /usr/share/selinux/ -p wa -k MAC-policy
| Rationale: | The system's mandatory access policy (SELinux) should not be
arbitrarily changed by anything other than administrator action. All changes to
MAC policy should be audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_mac_modification_usr_share | References: | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.8 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.5.5 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify the System's Network Environment
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, setting ARCH to either b32 or b64 as
appropriate for your system:
-a always,exit -F arch=ARCH -S sethostname,setdomainname -F key=audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/hosts -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
-w /etc/sysconfig/network -p wa -k audit_rules_networkconfig_modification
| Rationale: | The network environment should not be modified by anything other
than administrator action. Any change to network parameters should be
audited. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_networkconfig_modification | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.5.5 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.3.4, 10.3 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Attempts to Alter Process and Session Initiation Information
[ref] | The audit system already collects process information for all
users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file in order to watch for attempted manual
edits of files involved in storing such process information:
-w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session
-w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session
| Rationale: | Manual editing of these files may indicate nefarious activity, such
as an attacker attempting to remove evidence of an intrusion. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_session_events | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | ism | 0582, 0584, 05885, 0586, 0846, 0957 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AU-2(d), AU-12(c), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.3 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000505-CTR-001285 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.3, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Ensure auditd Collects System Administrator Actions - /etc/sudoers
[ref] | At a minimum, the audit system should collect administrator actions
for all users and root. If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the default),
add the following line to a file with suffix .rules in the directory
/etc/audit/rules.d :
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following line to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file:
-w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k actions
| Rationale: | The actions taken by system administrators should be audited to keep a record
of what was executed on the system, as well as, for accountability purposes.
Editing the sudoers file may be sign of an attacker trying to
establish persistent methods to a system, auditing the editing of the sudoers
files mitigates this risk. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_sudoers | References: | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/group
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/group -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
| Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_group | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3 | nist | AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.5, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/gshadow
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
| Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_gshadow | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3 | nist | AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.5, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/security/opasswd
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
| Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_opasswd | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3 | nist | AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000496-CTR-001240, SRG-APP-000497-CTR-001245, SRG-APP-000498-CTR-001250, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.5, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/passwd
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/passwd -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
| Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_passwd | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3 | nist | AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221, SRG-OS-000274-GPOS-00104, SRG-OS-000275-GPOS-00105, SRG-OS-000276-GPOS-00106, SRG-OS-000277-GPOS-00107 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.5, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Record Events that Modify User/Group Information - /etc/shadow
[ref] | If the auditd daemon is configured to use the
augenrules program to read audit rules during daemon startup (the
default), add the following lines to a file with suffix .rules in the
directory /etc/audit/rules.d , in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
If the auditd daemon is configured to use the auditctl
utility to read audit rules during daemon startup, add the following lines to
/etc/audit/audit.rules file, in order to capture events that modify
account changes:
-w /etc/shadow -p wa -k audit_rules_usergroup_modification
| Rationale: | In addition to auditing new user and group accounts, these watches
will alert the system administrator(s) to any modifications. Any unexpected
users, groups, or modifications should be investigated for legitimacy. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_audit_rules_usergroup_modification_shadow | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, DSS06.03, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.1.7 | disa | CCI-001403, CCI-001404, CCI-001405, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-002130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-000018, CCI-000015 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.312(a)(2)(i), 164.312(b), 164.312(d), 164.312(e) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.2.2, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.1, 4.3.3.5.2, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.3.7.2, 4.3.3.7.3, 4.3.3.7.4, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.1, SR 1.13, SR 1.2, SR 1.3, SR 1.4, SR 1.5, SR 1.7, SR 1.8, SR 1.9, SR 2.1, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.1.2, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2, A.7.1.1, A.9.1.2, A.9.2.1, A.9.2.2, A.9.2.3, A.9.2.4, A.9.2.6, A.9.3.1, A.9.4.1, A.9.4.2, A.9.4.3, A.9.4.4, A.9.4.5 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.2, CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-007-3 R.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5, CIP-007-3 R5.1.1, CIP-007-3 R5.1.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2.1, CIP-007-3 R5.2.3 | nist | AC-2(4), AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AC-6(9), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-1, PR.AC-3, PR.AC-4, PR.AC-6, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.2.5 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000004-GPOS-00004, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000304-GPOS-00121, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000470-GPOS-00214, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000239-GPOS-00089, SRG-OS-000240-GPOS-00090, SRG-OS-000241-GPOS-00091, SRG-OS-000303-GPOS-00120, SRG-OS-000466-GPOS-00210, SRG-OS-000476-GPOS-00221 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000495-CTR-001235, SRG-APP-000499-CTR-001255, SRG-APP-000503-CTR-001275 | anssi | R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1.5, 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Group
Configure auditd Data Retention
Group contains 10 rules |
[ref]
The audit system writes data to /var/log/audit/audit.log . By default,
auditd rotates 5 logs by size (6MB), retaining a maximum of 30MB of
data in total, and refuses to write entries when the disk is too
full. This minimizes the risk of audit data filling its partition
and impacting other services. This also minimizes the risk of the audit
daemon temporarily disabling the system if it cannot write audit log (which
it can be configured to do).
For a busy
system or a system which is thoroughly auditing system activity, the default settings
for data retention may be
insufficient. The log file size needed will depend heavily on what types
of events are being audited. First configure auditing to log all the events of
interest. Then monitor the log size manually for awhile to determine what file
size will allow you to keep the required data for the correct time period.
Using a dedicated partition for /var/log/audit prevents the
auditd logs from disrupting system functionality if they fill, and,
more importantly, prevents other activity in /var from filling the
partition and stopping the audit trail. (The audit logs are size-limited and
therefore unlikely to grow without bound unless configured to do so.) Some
machines may have requirements that no actions occur which cannot be audited.
If this is the case, then auditd can be configured to halt the machine
if it runs out of space. Note: Since older logs are rotated,
configuring auditd this way does not prevent older logs from being
rotated away before they can be viewed.
If your system is configured to halt when logging cannot be performed, make
sure this can never happen under normal circumstances! Ensure that
/var/log/audit is on its own partition, and that this partition is
larger than the maximum amount of data auditd will retain
normally.
|
Rule
Configure audispd's Plugin disk_full_action When Disk Is Full
[ref] | Configure the action the operating system takes if the disk the audit records
are written to becomes full. Edit the file /etc/audit/audisp-remote.conf .
Add or modify the following line, substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user
mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include syslog and
halt . For certain systems, the need for availability
outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be
determined. | Rationale: | Taking appropriate action in case of a filled audit storage volume will
minimize the possibility of losing audit records. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_audispd_disk_full_action | References: | disa | CCI-001851 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | os-srg | SRG-OS-000342-GPOS-00133, SRG-OS-000479-GPOS-00224 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd Disk Error Action on Disk Error
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when there is a disk error.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_error_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user
mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include
syslog , exec , single , and halt
For certain systems, the need for availability
outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be
determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the
auditd.conf man page. | Rationale: | Taking appropriate action in case of disk errors will minimize the possibility of
losing audit records. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_disk_error_action | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000140 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000047-GPOS-00023 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000098-CTR-000185, SRG-APP-000099-CTR-000190, SRG-APP-000100-CTR-000195, SRG-APP-000100-CTR-000200, SRG-APP-000109-CTR-000215, SRG-APP-000290-CTR-000670, SRG-APP-000357-CTR-000800 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd Disk Full Action when Disk Space Is Full
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
disk_full_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single-user
mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include
syslog , exec , single , and halt
For certain systems, the need for availability
outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be
determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the
auditd.conf man page. | Rationale: | Taking appropriate action in case of a filled audit storage volume will minimize
the possibility of losing audit records. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_disk_full_action | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000140 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000047-GPOS-00023 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd admin_space_left Action on Low Disk Space
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
admin_space_left_action = ACTION
Set this value to single to cause the system to switch to single user
mode for corrective action. Acceptable values also include suspend and
halt . For certain systems, the need for availability
outweighs the need to log all actions, and a different setting should be
determined. Details regarding all possible values for ACTION are described in the
auditd.conf man page. | Rationale: | Administrators should be made aware of an inability to record
audit records. If a separate partition or logical volume of adequate size
is used, running low on space for audit records should never occur. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_admin_space_left_action | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | disa | CCI-001855 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 | pcidss4 | 10.5.1, 10.5 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd admin_space_left on Low Disk Space
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line,
substituting PERCENTAGE appropriately:
admin_space_left = PERCENTAGE%
Set this value to 50
to cause the system to perform an action. | Rationale: | Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to
take corrective action prior to any disruption. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_admin_space_left_percentage | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-001855 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd Max Log File Size
[ref] | Determine the amount of audit data (in megabytes)
which should be retained in each log file. Edit the file
/etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line, substituting
the correct value of 6 for STOREMB:
max_log_file = STOREMB
Set the value to 6 (MB) or higher for general-purpose systems.
Larger values, of course,
support retention of even more audit data. | Rationale: | The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain
log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum
log file size and the number of logs retained. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_max_log_file | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AU-11, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd max_log_file_action Upon Reaching Maximum Log Size
[ref] | The default action to take when the logs reach their maximum size
is to rotate the log files, discarding the oldest one. To configure the action taken
by auditd , add or correct the line in /etc/audit/auditd.conf :
max_log_file_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man
page. These include:
ignore syslog suspend rotate keep_logs
Set the ACTION to rotate .
The setting is case-insensitive. | Rationale: | Automatically rotating logs (by setting this to rotate )
minimizes the chances of the system unexpectedly running out of disk space by
being overwhelmed with log data. However, for systems that must never discard
log data, or which use external processes to transfer it and reclaim space,
keep_logs can be employed. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_max_log_file_action | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-000140 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000047-GPOS-00023 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd Number of Logs Retained
[ref] | Determine how many log files
auditd should retain when it rotates logs.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following
line, substituting NUMLOGS with the correct value of 5:
num_logs = NUMLOGS
Set the value to 5 for general-purpose systems.
Note that values less than 2 result in no log rotation. | Rationale: | The total storage for audit log files must be large enough to retain
log information over the period required. This is a function of the maximum log
file size and the number of logs retained. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_num_logs | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R2.2.3, CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R5.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.1, CIP-007-3 R5.3.2, CIP-007-3 R5.3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AU-11, CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd space_left on Low Disk Space
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space is running low but prior to running out of space completely.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Add or modify the following line,
substituting SIZE_in_MB appropriately:
space_left = SIZE_in_MB
Set this value to the appropriate size in Megabytes cause the system to
notify the user of an issue. | Rationale: | Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may allow them to
take corrective action prior to any disruption. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_space_left | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | disa | CCI-001855 | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 | pcidss4 | 10.5.1, 10.5 |
| |
|
Rule
Configure auditd space_left Action on Low Disk Space
[ref] | The auditd service can be configured to take an action
when disk space starts to run low.
Edit the file /etc/audit/auditd.conf . Modify the following line,
substituting ACTION appropriately:
space_left_action = ACTION
Possible values for ACTION are described in the auditd.conf man page.
These include:
syslog email exec suspend single halt
Set this to email (instead of the default,
which is suspend ) as it is more likely to get prompt attention. Acceptable values
also include suspend , single , and halt . | Rationale: | Notifying administrators of an impending disk space problem may
allow them to take corrective action prior to any disruption. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_auditd_data_retention_space_left_action | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI04.04, BAI08.02, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | disa | CCI-001855 | hipaa | 164.312(a)(2)(ii) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.2 | iso27001-2013 | A.12.1.3, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.17.2.1 | nist | AU-5(b), AU-5(2), AU-5(1), AU-5(4), CM-6(a) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, PR.DS-4, PR.PT-1, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | pcidss | Req-10.7 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000343-GPOS-00134 | pcidss4 | 10.5.1, 10.5 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable auditd Service
[ref] | The auditd service is an essential userspace component of
the Linux Auditing System, as it is responsible for writing audit records to
disk.
The auditd service can be enabled with the following command:
$ sudo systemctl enable auditd.service
| Rationale: | Without establishing what type of events occurred, it would be difficult
to establish, correlate, and investigate the events leading up to an outage or attack.
Ensuring the auditd service is active ensures audit records
generated by the kernel are appropriately recorded.
Additionally, a properly configured audit subsystem ensures that actions of
individual system users can be uniquely traced to those users so they
can be held accountable for their actions. | Severity: | high | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_service_auditd_enabled | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.03, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS03.05, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.05, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1, 3.3.2, 3.3.6 | disa | CCI-000133, CCI-001881, CCI-001875, CCI-000154, CCI-001882, CCI-000158, CCI-001914, CCI-000169, CCI-001464, CCI-001878, CCI-001877, CCI-001889, CCI-000135, CCI-002884, CCI-001487, CCI-003938, CCI-000132, CCI-004188, CCI-000134, CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000131, CCI-001879, CCI-001880, CCI-001876 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 6.2, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.14.2.7, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nerc-cip | CIP-004-6 R3.3, CIP-007-3 R6.5 | nist | AC-2(g), AU-3, AU-10, AU-2(d), AU-12(c), AU-14(1), AC-6(9), CM-6(a), SI-4(23) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, DE.CM-1, DE.CM-3, DE.CM-7, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-10.1 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000038-GPOS-00016, SRG-OS-000039-GPOS-00017, SRG-OS-000040-GPOS-00018, SRG-OS-000041-GPOS-00019, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00021, SRG-OS-000051-GPOS-00024, SRG-OS-000054-GPOS-00025, SRG-OS-000122-GPOS-00063, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000255-GPOS-00096, SRG-OS-000337-GPOS-00129, SRG-OS-000348-GPOS-00136, SRG-OS-000349-GPOS-00137, SRG-OS-000350-GPOS-00138, SRG-OS-000351-GPOS-00139, SRG-OS-000352-GPOS-00140, SRG-OS-000353-GPOS-00141, SRG-OS-000354-GPOS-00142, SRG-OS-000358-GPOS-00145, SRG-OS-000365-GPOS-00152, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000475-GPOS-00220 | app-srg-ctr | SRG-APP-000095-CTR-000170, SRG-APP-000409-CTR-000990, SRG-APP-000508-CTR-001300, SRG-APP-000510-CTR-001310 | anssi | R33, R73 | pcidss4 | 10.2.1, 10.2 |
| |
|
Rule
Enable Auditing for Processes Which Start Prior to the Audit Daemon
[ref] | To ensure all processes can be audited, even those which start
prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit=1 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain audit=1 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) audit=1"
| Rationale: | Each process on the system carries an "auditable" flag which indicates whether
its activities can be audited. Although auditd takes care of enabling
this for all processes which launch after it does, adding the kernel argument
ensures it is set for every process during boot. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_argument | References: | cis-csc | 1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 | cjis | 5.4.1.1 | cobit5 | APO10.01, APO10.03, APO10.04, APO10.05, APO11.04, APO12.06, APO13.01, BAI03.05, BAI08.02, DSS01.04, DSS02.02, DSS02.04, DSS02.07, DSS03.01, DSS05.02, DSS05.03, DSS05.04, DSS05.07, MEA01.01, MEA01.02, MEA01.03, MEA01.04, MEA01.05, MEA02.01 | cui | 3.3.1 | disa | CCI-000172, CCI-000130, CCI-000135, CCI-000169, CCI-002884, CCI-001464 | hipaa | 164.308(a)(1)(ii)(D), 164.308(a)(5)(ii)(C), 164.310(a)(2)(iv), 164.310(d)(2)(iii), 164.312(b) | isa-62443-2009 | 4.2.3.10, 4.3.2.6.7, 4.3.3.3.9, 4.3.3.5.8, 4.3.3.6.6, 4.3.4.4.7, 4.3.4.5.6, 4.3.4.5.7, 4.3.4.5.8, 4.4.2.1, 4.4.2.2, 4.4.2.4 | isa-62443-2013 | SR 1.13, SR 2.10, SR 2.11, SR 2.12, SR 2.6, SR 2.8, SR 2.9, SR 3.1, SR 3.5, SR 3.8, SR 4.1, SR 4.3, SR 5.1, SR 5.2, SR 5.3, SR 6.1, SR 7.1, SR 7.6 | iso27001-2013 | A.11.2.6, A.12.4.1, A.12.4.2, A.12.4.3, A.12.4.4, A.12.7.1, A.13.1.1, A.13.2.1, A.14.1.3, A.15.2.1, A.15.2.2, A.16.1.4, A.16.1.5, A.16.1.7, A.6.2.1, A.6.2.2 | nist | AC-17(1), AU-14(1), AU-10, CM-6(a), IR-5(1) | nist-csf | DE.AE-3, DE.AE-5, ID.SC-4, PR.AC-3, PR.PT-1, PR.PT-4, RS.AN-1, RS.AN-4 | ospp | FAU_GEN.1 | pcidss | Req-10.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215, SRG-OS-000473-GPOS-00218, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095 | pcidss4 | 10.7.2, 10.7 |
| |
|
Rule
Extend Audit Backlog Limit for the Audit Daemon
[ref] | To improve the kernel capacity to queue all log events, even those which occurred
prior to the audit daemon, add the argument audit_backlog_limit=8192 to the default
GRUB 2 command line for the Linux operating system.
Configure the default Grub2 kernel command line to contain audit_backlog_limit=8192 as follows:
# grub2-editenv - set "$(grub2-editenv - list | grep kernelopts) audit_backlog_limit=8192"
| Rationale: | audit_backlog_limit sets the queue length for audit events awaiting transfer
to the audit daemon. Until the audit daemon is up and running, all log messages
are stored in this queue. If the queue is overrun during boot process, the action
defined by audit failure flag is taken. | Severity: | low | Rule ID: | xccdf_org.ssgproject.content_rule_grub2_audit_backlog_limit_argument | References: | disa | CCI-001849, CCI-001464 | nist | CM-6(a) | ospp | FAU_STG.1, FAU_STG.3 | os-srg | SRG-OS-000037-GPOS-00015, SRG-OS-000042-GPOS-00020, SRG-OS-000062-GPOS-00031, SRG-OS-000254-GPOS-00095, SRG-OS-000341-GPOS-00132, SRG-OS-000392-GPOS-00172, SRG-OS-000462-GPOS-00206, SRG-OS-000471-GPOS-00215 | pcidss4 | 10.7.2, 10.7 |
| |
|